Home

Ford 2009 Fusion Automobile User Manual

Contents

1. Important supplemental restraint system precautions Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air bag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position 135 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 cm between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module WARNING Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Steps you can take to properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position WARNING Do not put anything on or over the airbag module Placing objects on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury WARNING Do not atte
2. 4 R Indicates a radial type tire 5 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter 6 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your Owner s Guide If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law 7 H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart 176 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law a a RETO PN 8 mph 140 ken E po QT 99 mph 159 rh PR 106 mph GT rh O pS mph 80 kr p24 mph 200 kr pV 1469 mph 240 rv Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed cap
3. Recycled engine coolant Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled engine coolant in vehicles originally equipped with Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Coolant refill capacity To find out how much fluid your vehicle s cooling system can hold refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Fill your engine coolant reservoir as outlined in Adding engine coolant in this section Severe climates If you drive in extremely cold climates less than 34 F 86 C e It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration above 50 e NEVER increase the coolant concentration above 60 e Increased engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage 276 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate freeze protection at the temperatures in which you drive in the winter months If you drive in extremely hot climates e It is still necessary to maintain the coolant concentration above 40 e NEVER decrease
4. Select this function from the INFO menu Press the INFO button repeatedly until the Compass and Odometer are displayed Do not select Trip DTE or AFE The top of the message center must be blank The compass reading may be affected when you drive near large buildings bridges power lines and powerful broadcast antenna Magnetic or metallic objects placed in on or near the vehicle may also affect compass accuracy Usually when something affects the compass readings the compass will correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal conditions If the compass still appears to be inaccurate a manual calibration may be necessary Refer to Compass zone calibration adjustment Most geographic areas zones have a magnetic north compass point that varies slightly from the northerly direction on maps This variation is four degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable as the vehicle crosses multiple zones A correct zone setting will eliminate this error Refer to Compass zone calibration adjustment Compass zone calibration adjustment Perform this adjustment in an open area free from steel structures and high voltage lines For optimum calibration turn off all electrical accessories heater air conditioning wipers etc and make sure all vehicle doors are shut 1 Turn ignition to the on position 2 Start the engine 3 Press the INFO button repeatedly until the Compass and Odometer are displayed
5. eee 204 Transaxle fluid checking and adding automatic 2 eee 291 312 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus fluid checking and adding manual srsrssnrspi serier 295 Transmission cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 206 brake shift interlock BSI 206 fluid refill capacities 299 lubricant specifications 299 manual operation 008 211 TEOK orinn E E 98 remote release n 90 101 T rn signal ye iecschaveanedssigecssnceeaseers 57 U USB POPE escdecedidiicetecseencesdsseccdbaacss 38 V Vehicle Identification Number VIN er ea e I 303 Vehicle loading s sssisseieeeieeeeee 187 Ventilating your vehicle 196 WwW Warning lights see Lights 10 Washer fluid ce eeceeeees 264 Water Driving through 220 Windows DOWEL eiin no E 72 Windshield washer fluid and WIPE S ranne er AR 68 checking and adding fluid 264 replacing wiper blades 265 Wrecker towing eeeeeee 242
6. 1 Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output Line level outputs are intended for connection to a home stereo and are not compatible with the AIJ The AIJ will only work correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control 2 Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio in your audio system as this will cause distortion and will reduce sound quality Many portable music players have different output levels so not all players should be set at the same levels Some players will sound best at full volume and others will need to be set at a lower volume 3 If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problems persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable music player 4 The portable music player must be controlled in the same manner when it is used with headphones as the AIJ does not provide control play pause etc over the attached portable music player 5 For safety reasons connecting or adjusting the settings on your portable music player should not be attempted while the vehicle is moving Also the portable music player should be stored in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when the vehicle is in motion The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while the vehic
7. MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS Component 2 3L I4 engine 3 0L DOHC V6 Duratec engine Baiter BXTOGR Foil filter __ PL 2017 B 1When changing oil filter you must also replace the filter cap O ring The oil filter drain plug O ring must also be replaced whenever the oil filter drain plug is removed Reuse of the O rings may cause engine oil leakage and may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the O rings are not replaced The PCV valve is a critical emission component It is one of the items listed in scheduled maintenance information and is essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system 297 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications For PCV valve replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the PCV valve Replace the PCV valve with one that meets Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as a Motorcraft or equivalent replacement part The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the emissions system if such a PCV valve is not used 3For spark plug replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle su
8. The moon roof is equipped with an automatic one touch express closing feature Press and release the front portion of the control To stop motion at any time during the one touch closing press the control again 80 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Bounce back When an obstacle has been detected in the moon roof opening as the moon roof is closing the moon roof will automatically open and stop at a prescribed position This is known as bounce back If the ignition is turned off without accessory delay being active during bounce back the moon roof will move until the bounce back position is reached Bounce back override To override bounce back press and hold the front portion of the control For example Bounce back can be used to overcome the resistance of ice on the moon roof or seals If during a bounce back condition the control is released to the neutral position then held in the one touch position within two seconds after the moon roof reaches the bounce back position the moon roof will travel with no bounce back protection If the control is released before the moon roof reaches fully closed or the ignition is turned off without accessory delay being active the moon roof will stop Security override can be used if the moon roof movement is restricted in some way for example if there is ice on the moon roof or seals To vent e To tilt the moon roof into the vent position when
9. Do not select Trip DTE or AFE The top of the message center must be blank Note If the compass displays CAL 000000 0 mi instead of heading information the compass will need to be calibrated Slowly drive the vehicle in a circle less than 3 mph 5 km h until the CAL indicator changes to display compass heading This may take up to three circles to complete calibration 84 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls 4 Determine your magnetic zone by referring to the zone map 5 Press and hold the RESET until the message center display changes to show the current zone setting RESET FOR ZONE INFO TO EXIT 6 Release the RESET control then slowly press RESET down again SETUP ZONE XX T Press the SETUP control RESET IF DONE repeatedly until the correct zone J setting for your geographic location is displayed on the message center To exit the zone setting mode press and release the RESET control 8 Press the RESET control to start the compass calibration function BEGET FORCAL INFO TO EXIT e 9 Slowly drive the vehicle in a a circle less than 3 mph 5 km h CIRCLE SLOWLY until the CIRCLE SLOWLY TO T T CALIBRATE indicator changes to 1G CALIBRATE CALIBRATION COMPLETED This will take up to three circles to complete calibration 10 The compass is now calibrated 85 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Setup menu P
10. The ignition must be on to operate the rear window defroster The rear defroster turns off automatically after 10 minutes or when the ignition is turned off To manually turn off the defroster before 10 minutes have passed push the control again Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines and will not be covered by your warranty 52 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus HEADLAMP CONTROL O Turns the lamps off p Turns on the parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps ZD Turns the low beam headlamps on Autolamp control if equipped 3 The autolamp system provides light sensitive automatic on off control of r the exterior lights normally 5 X controlled by the headlamp control R _ e To turn autolamps on rotate the control counterclockwise to W e To turn autolamps off rotate the control clockwise to off The autolamp system also keeps the lights on for a predetermined amount of time after the ignition switch is turned to off You can change the amount of time the lamps stay on by using the programming procedure that follows Note If the vehicle is equipped with autolamps it will have the headlamps on with windshield wipers feature If the windshield wipers are turned on for a fixed period of time the exteri
11. s door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door e Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread e Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle e Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns 168 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and L
12. 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Ford Motor Company recommends the use of a child safety seat having a top tether strap See Attaching child safety seats with tether straps and Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for children in this chapter for more information Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the locator symbols on the seat back Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to a properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments 7 o Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps Refer to Attaching child safety seats with tether straps later in this chapter Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown WARNING Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death 158 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Use
13. 222 223 223 230 235 236 242 Table of Contents Customer Assistance 244 Reporting safety defects U S only 250 Reporting safety defects Canada only 251 Cleaning 252 Maintenance and Specifications 260 Engine compartment 262 Engine oil 265 Battery 270 Engine coolant 272 Fuel information 279 Air filter s 295 Part numbers 297 Maintenance product specifications and capacities 299 Engine data 302 Accessories 305 Index 307 All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Ford Motor Company Ford may change the contents without notice and without incurring obligation Copyright 2008 Ford Motor Company 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Introduction CONGRATULATIONS Congratulations on acquiring your new Ford Please take the time to get well acquainted with your vehicle by reading this handbook The more you know and understand about your vehicle the greater the safety and pleasure you will derive from driving it For more information on Ford Motor Company and its products visit the following website e In the United States www ford com e In Canada www ford ca e In Australia www ford com au e In Mexico www ford com mx Additional owner information is given in separate publications This Owner s Guide de
14. Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate U S only ZC 32 A Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Tire Clean and Shine ZC 28 Motorcraft Triple Clean U S only ZC 13 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Canada only CXC 93 Motorcraft Wash and Wax Canada only CXC 95 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A 259 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING YOUR VEHICLE e Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure yo
15. DRIVERS SEAT or REAR SEATS Press OK to close and return to the main menu 4 AUX Press repeatedly to cycle through LINE IN auxiliary audio oA mode SAT1 SAT2 and SAT3 satellite radio if equipped and SYNC if equipped To return to radio mode press AM FM For location and further information on auxiliary audio mode refer to Auxiliary input jack later in this chapter Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC please refer to the SYNC supplement for further information 5 Seek In radio and CD MP3 mode press to access the previous A or next d a strong station or track 33 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems In satellite radio mode if equipped press lt q SEEK P to seek to the previous next channel If a specific category is selected Jazz Rock News etc press lt q SEEK gt to seek to the previous next channel in the selected category Press and hold lt q SEEK gt to fast seek through the previous next channels In TEXT MODE press lt 4 SEEK P gt to view the previous additional display text In CATEGORY MODE press lt A SEEK gt to select a category Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 6 gt I1 OK Play Pause Press to pause the CD that is playi
16. Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately TRANSMISSION FLUID Checking 5 speed automatic transmission fluid If equipped Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive the vehicle until it is warmed up approximately 20 miles 30 km If your vehicle has been operated for an extended period at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off for about 30 minutes to allow fluid to cool before checking 1 Drive the vehicle 20 miles 80 km or until it reaches normal operating temperature 2 Park the vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake 3 With the parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal start the engine and move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage 4 Latch the gear
17. HOLD ECL W J 3 Press and hold the RESET EE N control to set the language choice SET TO ENGLISH Easy entry exit if equipped This feature automatically moves the drivers seat backwards for easy exit from the vehicle 1 To disable enable the easy entry exit seat feature select this Fasu EXIT SEAT function from the SETUP control for gt ON OFF the current display mode 2 Press the RESET control to turn the easy entry exit seat ON or OFF Reverse Sensing System Park aid if equipped This feature sounds a warning tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper and functions only when R Reverse gear is selected 87 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls 1 Select this function from the SETUP menu to disable the reverse pany AN sensing system feature ON gt OFF 2 Press the RESET control to turn the rear park assist OFF When R Reverse gear is selected PARK AID off will be displayed System warnings System warnings alert you to possible problems or malfunctions in your vehicle s operating systems In the event of a multiple warning situation the message center will cycle the display to show all warnings by displaying each one for several seconds The message center will display the last selected feature if there are no more warning messages This allows you to use the full functionality of the message center after you acknowledge the warning by pres
18. SPEED OFF turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting Track Folder mode Available only on MP3 discs in CD mode In track mode press lt SEEK gt to scroll through all tracks on the disc In folder mode press lt q SEEK gt to scroll through tracks within the selected folder Press A FOLDER P to access the previous next folder Cf available Press OK to close and return to the main menu COMPRESS Compression Available only in CD MP3 mode Press MENU until COMPRESS ON OFF appears in the display Use A W lt Q SEEK P to toggle ON OFF When COMPRESS is ON the system will bring the soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level Press OK to close and return to the main menu 4 AUX Press repeatedly to cycle ax through LINE IN auxiliary audio mode SAT1 SAT2 and SAT3 modes satellite radio if equipped and SYNC if equipped For location and further information on auxiliary audio mode refer to Auxiliary input jack later in this chapter Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC please refer to the SYNC supplement for further information 5 SEEK In radio mode press lt q gt to access the previous next strong station In CD mode press lt q gt to access the previous next CD track In satellite radio mode if equipped press lt A SEEK gt
19. The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel above the radio Note The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is turned to the on position to confirm it is functional When the front passenger seat is not occupied empty seat or in the event that the front passenger frontal airbag is enabled may inflate the indicator lamp will be unlit The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected e When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag the indicator lamp will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled e If the child restraint has been installed and the indicator lamp is not lit then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sit
20. To remove a fuse use the fuse puller tool provided on the fuse panel cover 224 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies ja L I F Le J Lz d La Gy Ge L OF C3 G0 G7 24a C2 L3 The fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Rating 10A Backup lamps automatic transmission Electrochromatic mirror 2 3 15A Battery saver Interior lamps Puddle aha lamps Trunk lamp Power windows Parklamps Side markers License a a Ps Not sea SS a P Not used e son Rear window defroster O 9 S mirrors 225 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Location Rating 12 7 5A Delay accessories Radio head units Moon roof Lock switch illumination Electrochromatic mirrors Ambient lighting head units Cigar lighter 16 15A Door lock actuator Decklid lock solenoid Radio head units OBDII connector Not used Spare 20 7 5A Power mirrors Satellite radio module All wheel drive Stop lamps CHMSL Wiper relay coil Cluster logic 24 7 5A OCS Passenger s seat PAD indicator 26 7 5A PATS Transceiver Brake shift interlock solenoid Brake pedal switch Automatic transmission relay coil Reverse switch back up lamps for manual transmission Compass Reverse sensing sys
21. Try to keep the belt near the middle of the shoulder and across the center of the chest Moving the child closer a few centimeters or inches to the center of the vehicle but remaining in the same seating position may help provide a good shoulder belt fit When children should use booster seats Children need to use booster seats from the time they outgrow the toddler seat until they are big enough for the vehicle seat and lap shoulder belt to fit properly Generally this is when they reach a height of at least 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall around age eight to age twelve and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 86 kg or upward to 100 lb 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 lb 86 kg Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against the vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion Can the child sit without slouching Does the lap belt rest low across the hips Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip 162 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Types of booster seats There are generally
22. Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander 216 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving Emergency maneuvers e In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control not more Additionally smooth variations of the accelerator and or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for Avoid abrupt steering acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and or personal injury Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel e In the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements e If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver steering acceleration or braking Again avoid these abrup
23. approximately 20 miles 30 km until the engine coolant gauge indicates normal operating temperature If your vehicle has been operated for an extended period at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off for about 30 minutes to allow fluid to cool before checking 1 Drive the vehicle 20 miles 80 km or until the coolant gauge indicates normal operating temperature 2 Park the vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake 3 With the parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal start the engine and move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage approximately 10 15 seconds in each position 4 Move the gearshift lever to P Park and leave the engine running 5 Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag If necessary refer to Identifying components in the engine compartment in this chapter for the location of the dipstick 6 Install the dipstick making sure it is fully seated in the filler tube 293 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications the fluid level The fluid should read within the hot range on the dipstick oe if at normal operating temperature 140 F 158 F 60 C 70 C Checking automatic transmission fluid at cool temperature 59 F 77 F 15 C 25 C If a fluid check is necessary at a low C 20907 65 C
24. attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to the vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases Combining safety belt and LATCH lower anchors for attaching child safety seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if included with the child seat Refer to Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for children in this chapter 159 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Attaching child safety seats with tether straps i Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in the vehicle The rear seats of your vehicle are equipped with built in tether strap anchors located behind the seats as described bel
25. e Boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protection against rust and other forms of corrosion e Proper function of calibrated gauges When the engine is cold check the level of the engine coolant in the reservoir e The engine coolant should be at the FULL COLD level or within the COLD FILL RANGE as listed on the engine coolant reservoir depending upon application Refer to scheduled maintenance information for service interval schedules e Be sure to read and understand Precautions when servicing your vehicle in this chapter If the engine coolant has not been checked at the recommended interval the engine coolant reservoir may become low or empty If the reservoir is low or empty add engine coolant to the reservoir Refer to Adding engine coolant in this chapter Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Adding engine coolant When adding coolant make sure it is a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water Add the mixture to the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool until the appropriate fill level is obtained 273 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burne
26. front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights 121 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How does the Personal Safety System work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the Restraints Control Module RCM During a crash the RCM may activate the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions The fact that the pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the Personal Safety System determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage etc were not appropriate to activate these safety devices Front airbags are designed to activate only in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration The pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal and near frontal collisions and in side collisions Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints The dual stage airbags offer the capability to tailor the level of airb
27. or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or pets unattended in your vehicle Transporting children Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their age height and weight All children are shaped differently The child height age and weight thresholds provided are recommendations or the minimum requirements of law The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA provides education and training to ensure that all children ages 0 to 16 are properly restrained in the correct restraint system Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and your pediatrician to make sure your seat is appropriate for your child and properly installed in the vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov Follow all the safety restraint and airbag precautions that apply to adult passengers in your vehicle If the child is the proper height age and weight as specified by your child safety seat or booster manufacturer fits the restraint and can be 153 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints restrained
28. power if the system detects that the vehicle is about to skid or slide laterally 202 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving During Electronic Stability Control events the sliding car icon gi in the instrument cluster will flash Certain adverse driving maneuvers may activate the Electronic Stability Control system which include but are not limited to e Taking a turn too fast e Maneuvering quickly to avoid an accident pedestrian or obstacle e Driving over a patch of ice or other slippery surfaces Changing lanes on a snow rutted road e Entering a snow free road from a snow covered side street or vice versa e Entering a paved road from a gravel road or vice versa Cornering while towing a heavily loaded trailer refer to Trailer towing in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Switching Off AdvanceTrac If the vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand and seems to lose engine power switching off certain features of the AdvanceTrac system may be beneficial because the wheels are allowed to spin This will restore full engine power and will enhance momentum through the obstacle To switch off the AdvanceTrac system press the AdvanceTrac Off button Full features of the AdvanceTrac system can be restored by pressing the AdvanceTrac Off button again or by turning off and restarting the engine If you switch off the AdvanceTrac system the sliding car icon igi will illuminate steadily
29. seee 2 R Radi sareen apea 17 21 29 Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for CHMAVEM ES E E 152 Relays miosa ee aei 223 Remote entry system 99 100 illuminated entry 103 104 locking unlocking GOOTS sescnesadsucccetsdecsdaneteeeasics 100 101 opening the trunk 101 panic alarm c eee eee 101 replacement additional transmitters 0 0 eee e cece 102 replacing the batteries 101 Reverse sensing system 213 Roadside assistance 00cc0 221 S Safety belts see Safety restraints 121 124 126 129 Safety Canopy ccccccceeeeeeees 144 Safety defects reporting 250 251 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Index Safety restraints sissa 121 124 126 129 Belt Minder isecen 130 extension assembly 129 for adults 126 128 for children seniii 150 Occupant Classification DONISOP sriain ri haia ERREEN 122 warning light and chime 129 130 Safety restraints LATCH ATICHONS srfsir rrerak ast AEri 157 Safety seats for children 154 Safety Compliance Certification Label 0 000 303 Satellite Radio Information 42 CALS 22 EEEE TE 112 child safety seats 00 0 0 154 front SEALS ccsccsssiadivecawartessssasases 115 heated 3 sccaiiscsisesieszessceesennse 49 118 SecuriLock passive anti theft SVS UCM EPEE EAE A N 106 Servicing your vehicle 260 Se
30. sliding car icon igi illuminates steadily verify that the AdvanceTrac system is not manually disabled by pressing the AdvanceTrac Off button located on the center stack of the instrument panel If the sliding car icon yi remains steadily illuminated have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately If equipped with a message center the vehicle will also indicate a failure with the AdvanceTrac system When AdvanceTrac performs a normal system self check some drivers may notice a slight movement of the brake and or a rumble grunting or grinding noise after startup and when driving off When an event occurs that activates AdvanceTrac you may experience the following 201 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving A slight deceleration of the vehicle e The sliding car gi indicator light will flash e A vibration in the pedal when your foot is on the brake pedal e If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake the brake pedal may move as the systems applies higher brake forces You may also hear a whoosh of air from under the instrument panel during this severe condition e The brake pedal may feel stiffer than usual Traction Control TCS Traction Control is a driver aid feature that helps your vehicle maintain traction of the wheels typically when driving on slippery and or hilly road surfaces by detecting and controlling wheel spin Excessive wheel
31. to seek to the previous next channel If a specific category is selected Jazz Rock News etc press lt q SEEK gt to seek to the previous next channel in the selected category Press and hold A SEEK P to fast seek through the previous next channels 25 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems In TEXT MODE press SEEK P gt to view the previous additional display text In CATEGORY MODE press lt q SEEK P to select a category Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 6 gt 11 OK a Play Pause Press to pause the CD that is playing PAUSE will appear in the display Press again to return to playback mode OK Use in various menu selections Your vehicle may be equipped with the SYNC system which has special phone and media features For further information refer to the SYNC supplement 7 SHUFFLE Press SHUFFLE to engage shuffle mode SHUFFLE ON will appear in the display If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away press SEEK to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when the current track is finished playing CD SHUF will appear in the display To disengage press SHUFFLE again SHUFFLE OFF will appear in the display Note In track mode all tracks on the current disc will shuffle in random order In MP3 folder mode the system will randomly play all tracks within the current fol
32. 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Conditions of operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the switch is turned to the on warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds position The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition indicator chime remain off switch is turned to the on position Belt Minder The Belt Minder feature is a supplemental warning to the safety belt warning function This feature provides additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light in the instrument cluster when the driver s and front passenger s safety belt is unbuckled The Belt Minder feature uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to large front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system Both the driver s and passenger s safety belt usages are monitored and either may activate the Belt Minder fe
33. 3 Press lt Q SEEK SEEK P to access the previous or next satellite Gseex 7 seexe channel You may also seek by music category For further information refer to CATEGORY listing under the MENU control on your specific audio system 4 Once you are tuned to the desired channel press and hold a memory preset 1 6 to save the channel PRESET SAVED will appear on the display and the sound will return signifying the station has been saved You can save up to six channels in each six in SAT1 six in SAT2 and six in SATS To access your saved channels press the corresponding memory preset The memory preset and the channel name will appear on the display Listening to a CD MP3 if equipped 1 If the audio system is turned off VOL PUSH press VOL PUSH to turn the radio on Turn VOL PUSH to adjust the volume Note The system may take a few moments to turn on 2 Press CD to enter CD mode If a disc is already loaded into the system CD play will begin where it ended last 18 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems For a single CD system if a disc is not already loaded insert only one label side up into the CD slot LOADING CD and READING DISC will appear in the display The first track on the disc will begin playing For an in dash six CD system if a disc is not already loaded press LOAD Select a slot number using memory presets 1 6 When the display reads LOAD C
34. 3 0L coolant bleed valve 5 Open the coolant bleed valve on the back of the engine water outlet for the 2 3L engine or the coolant bleed valve located on the upper radiator hose for the 3 0L engine 6 Fill the coolant reservoir slowly with the proper coolant mixture see above to within the COLD FILL RANGE or the FULL COLD level on the reservoir 275 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 7 Close the bleed valve and reinstall the cap on the coolant reservoir Turn the cap until it is tightly installed to prevent coolant loss After any coolant has been added check the coolant concentration Refer to the Checking engine coolant section If the concentration is not 50 50 protection to 34 F 36 C drain some coolant and adjust the concentration It may take several drains and additions to obtain a 50 50 coolant concentration Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough 50 50 concentration of engine coolant and distilled water to bring the liquid level to the proper level If you have to add more than 1 0 quart 1 0 liter of engine coolant per month have your authorized dealer check the engine cooling system Your cooling system may have a leak Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage
35. 5 Fifth If R Reverse is not fully engaged press the clutch pedal down and return the gearshift to the neutral position Release the clutch pedal for a moment then press it down and shift to R Reverse again Parking your vehicle 1 Apply the brake and shift into the neutral position 2 Fully apply the parking brake then shift into 1 First 3 Turn the ignition off WARNING Do not park your vehicle in Neutral it may move unexpectedly and injure someone Use 1 First gear and set the parking brake fully 212 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving Removing the key Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key REVERSE SENSING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The Reverse Sensing System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when the R Reverse is selected and the vehicle is moving at speeds less than 3 mph 5 km h The system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects WARNING To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the reverse sensing system as contained in this section Reverse sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Inclement weather may also affect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation WARNING To help avoid personal injury always
36. ALERT is in the display and the system will take you to the channel playing the desired song You can save up to 20 song titles If you attempt to save more than 20 titles the display will read REPLACE SONG Press OK to access the saved titles and press A IV to cycle through the saved titles When the song title appears in the display that you would like to replace press OK SONG REPLACED will appear in the display 30 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems e DELETE SONG Press OK to delete a song from the system s memory Press A IV to cycle through the saved songs When the song appears in the display that you would like to delete press OK The song will appear in the display for confirmation Press OK again and the display will read SONG DELETED If you do not want to delete the currently listed song press A IV to select either RETURN or CANCEL Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS e DELETE ALL SONGS Press OK to delete all song s from the system s memory The display will read ARE YOU SURE Press OK to confirm deletion of all saved songs and the display will read ALL DELETED Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS e ENABLE ALERTS DISABLE ALERTS Press OK to enable disable the satellite alert status which alerts you when your selected songs are playing on a satellite radio channel The system default is disabled
37. Roadside Emergencies chapter All Wheel Drive AWD vehicles Do not tow your vehicle with any wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four 4 wheels off the ground such as when using a car hauling trailer Otherwise no recreational towing is permitted In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle see Wrecker towing in the Roadside Emergencies chapter 192 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving STARTING Positions of the ignition 1 Off locks the gearshift lever and allows key removal This position also shuts the engine and all electrical accessories off Aa 2 Accessory allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running 3 On all electrical circuits operational Warning lights illuminated Key position when driving 4 Start cranks the engine Release the key as soon as the engine starts Starting your vehicle Engine starting is controlled by the powertrain control system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise When starting a fuel injected engine don t press the accelerator before or during starting Only use the accelerator when you have difficulty starting the engine For more information on starting the vehicle refer to Starting the engine
38. SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and or wheel tire size may change the handling characteristics of the vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the Advance Trac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death WARNING Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN 200 2009 Fu
39. USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag SRS its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag See your authorized dealer WARNING All occupants of the vehicle should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS is provided How does the side airbag system work The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including side air curtain systems The side airbag system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon bag airbag with a gas generator concealed behind the outboard bolster of the driver and front passenger seatbacks e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Two crash sensors located under the outboard side of the front seats attached near the floor Side airbags in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision The side airbags are fitted on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain lateral collisions the airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated If the front passenger sensi
40. Wax ZC 53 A which is available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product e Do not allow paint sealant to come in contact with any non body ow gloss black colored trim such as grained door handles roof racks bumpers side moldings mirror housings or the windshield cowl area The paint sealant will gray or stain the parts over time PAINT CHIPS Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your authorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products ALUMINUM WHEELS AND WHEEL COVERS Aluminum wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clearcoat paint finish In order to maintain their shine e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A which is available from your authorized dealer Heavy dirt and brake dust accumulation may require agitation with a sponge Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water e Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers Chemical strength cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt coul
41. and holding the guide sleeve adjust release button and pushing down on the head restraint Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied 113 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To remove the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Pull up the head restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment position 2 Simultaneously press and hold both the adjust release button and the unlock remove button then pull up on the head restraint To reinstall the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Insert the two stems into the guide sleeve collars 2 Push the head restraint down until it locks Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position 114 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash head
42. any such programming changes 42 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS While in Satellite Radio mode you can view this number on the radio display by pressing AUX and Preset 1 control simultaneously Radio Display Action Required ACQUIRING Radio requires more No action required This than two seconds to message should disappear produce audio for shortly the selected channel SAT FAULT Internal module or If this message does not system failure clear within a short period present of time or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service INVALID CHNL Channel no longer This previously available available channel is no longer available Tune to another channel If the channel was one of your presets you may choose another channel for that preset button UNSUBSCRIBED Subscription not Contact SIRIUS at available for this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel NO TEXT Artist information Artist information not not available available at this time on this channel The system is working properly 43 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio Display Acti
43. appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 230 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not e Exceed 50 mph 80 km h e Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label e Tow a trailer e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel do not e Exceed 70 mph 113 km h e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire wheel at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Use snow chains on the end of the
44. belt usage sensors detect whether or not the driver and front outboard passenger safety belts are fastened This information allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the airbag deployment and safety belt pretensioner activation depending upon safety belt usage Front safety belt pretensioners The safety belt pretensioners at the front outboard seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body during frontal collisions and in side collisions when the side curtains and side airbags are activated This helps increase the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal collisions the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the collision is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags 123 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Front safety belt energy management retractors The front outboard safety belt energy management retractors allow webbing to be pulled out of the retractor in a gradual and controlled manner in response to the occupant s forward momentum This helps reduce the risk of force related injuries to the occupant s chest by limiting the load on the occupant Refer to Energy management Jeature front outboard section in this chapter Determining if the Personal Safety System is operational The Personal Safety System uses a warning light in the instrument cluster or a back up tone to indicate the conditi
45. cap grill to the housing circular ring by pushing and pressing it forward 16 Re apply pressure around the complete circular ring on the housing to make sure the protective cap is completely seated 17 Reinstall splash shield access panel with screw Passenger side only 18 Reinstall the air tube to the air filter assembly Driver side only 19 Reinstall the vertical shield to the bolster Driver side only 20 Turn the headlamps on and make sure they work properly If the headlamp was correctly aligned before you changed the bulb you should not need to align it again 63 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights Replacing front parking lamp turn signal bulbs 1 Make sure headlamp switch is in the off position then open the hood 2 Reach over the front bolster 3 Remove screw from oval splash On shield access panel from the exterior wheel well area Lift up and rearward to release a hidden finger attachment at the lower portion of C the panel Passenger side only 4 From the exterior wheel well area reach arm through splash shield opening to access bulb socket Passenger side only 5 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pulling it out of the lamp assembly 6 Let go of the bulb socket and let the bulb socket dangle downward near the lamp housing Passenger side only 7 Reach over the front bolster in the engine area with a tool if necessary bring the bulb soc
46. conditions are maintained by power from the battery When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift in P Park automatic transmission or the neutral position manual transmission turn off all accessories and start the engine 3 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature 271 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute Turn the A C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process The vehicle may need to be driven 10 miles 16 km or more to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy e If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle trim is eventually relearned When the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the transmission must relearn its adaptive strategy As a result of this the transmission may shift firmly This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation to its optimum shift feel eon se If the battery has bee
47. devices in vehicle communications systems telematics devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Export unique Non United States Canada vehicle specific information For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the ones that are described in this Owner s Guide A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This Owner s Guide is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export Refer to this Owner s Guide for all other required information and warnings 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Introduction These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Vehicle Symbol Glossary A ik T Child Seat Tether ay Anchor aS Anti Lock Brake System Stability Control System gi Safety Al
48. door unlock control on the door panel three times a 3 Turn the ignition from the on CEE position to the off position 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the on position The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 6 To enable disable the autolock feature press the unlock control then press the lock control The horn will chirp once if autolock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autolock was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the off position The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Keyless entry keypad procedure 1 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position 2 Close all the doors 3 Enter factory set 5 digit entry code 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press the 7 e 8 5 Release the 7 e 8 6 Release the 3 e 4 95 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security The user should receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled Autounlock feature The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when e the ignition is in the on position all the doors are closed and the vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h the vehicle has then come to a stop and the ignition is turned to the off or acc
49. down to activate the left turn signal e Push up to activate the right turn signal INTERIOR LAMPS Dome lamps and map lamps The map lamps are located on the overhead console Press the controls to turn on the lamps om C l 57 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights Your vehicle may also have reading lamps within the rear dome lamp s Press the switches on either side of the dome lamp to turn on the lamps Ambient Mood lighting if equipped Iluminates four footwells two console cupholders and the console bin with a choice of seven colors The ambient lighting control switch is located on the center console near the gearshift lever To activate press and release the control switch to cycle through the seven color choices plus the off state The lights come on whenever the ignition is in either the on or accessory position Note The ambient lights will stay on until after the ignition is placed in the off position and either of the front doors are opened or the delay accessory timer expires BULB REPLACEMENT Headlamp condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interi
50. end a call or exit phone mode Press dd PP to scroll through various menus and selections Press OK to confirm your selection For further information on the SYNC system refer to the SYNC supplement 79 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Navigation system SYNC hands free control features if equipped Press ue control briefly until the voice mg icon appears on the Navigation display to use the voice command feature Press f to activate phone mode or answer a phone call Press and hold to exit phone mode or end a call For further information on the Navigation system SYNC system refer to the Navigation System and SYNC supplements MOON ROOF IF EQUIPPED You can move the glass panel of the moon roof back to open or tilt up from the closed position to ventilate the vehicle WARNING Do not let children play with the moon roof or leave children unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves To open the moon roof The moon roof is equipped with an automatic one touch express opening closing and venting feature Press and release the rear portion of the control To stop motion at any time during the one touch operation press the control a second time WARNING When closing the moon roof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the moon roof opening To close the moon roof
51. fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage Fuel quality If you are experiencing starting rough idle or hesitation driveability problems try a different brand of unleaded gasoline Premium unleaded gasoline is not recommended for vehicles designed to use Regular unleaded gasoline because it may cause these problems to ae more pronounced If the problems persist see your authorized ealer Do not add aftermarket fuel additive products to your fuel tank It should not be necessary to add any aftermarket products to your fuel tank if you continue to use high quality fuel of the recommended octane rating These products have not been approved for your engine and could cause damage to the fuel system Repairs to correct the effects of using an aftermarket product in your fuel may not be covered by your warranty Many of the world s automakers approved the World Wide Fuel Charter that recommends gasoline specifications to provide improved performance and emission control system protection for your vehicle Gasolines that meet the World Wide Fuel Charter should be used when available Ask your fuel supplier about gasolines that meet the World Wide Fuel Charter Cleaner air Ford endorses the use of reformulated cleaner burning gasolines to improve air quality per the recommendations in the Choosing the right fuel section Running out of fuel Avoid running out of
52. fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal e Normally adding 1 gallon 8 8L of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 8 8L may be required 283 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e The Service engine soon C indicator may come on For more information on the Service engine soon is indicator refer to Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter ESSENTIALS OF GOOD FUEL ECONOMY Measuring techniques Your best source of information about actual fuel economy is you the driver You must gather information as accurately and consistently as possible Fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are NOT accurate as a measure of fuel economy We do not recommend taking fuel economy measurements during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of driving engine break in period You will get a more accurate measurement after 2 000 miles 3 000 miles 8 000 km 5 000 km Filling the tank The advertised fuel capacity of the fuel tank on your vehicle is equal to the rated refill capacity of the fuel tank as listed in t
53. full functionality of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the TPMS sensors refer to Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have the authorized dealer inspect the TPMS sensor for damage WARNING The use of tire sealants may damage your Tire Pressure Monitoring System and should not be used WARNING Refer to Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter for important information If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function Dissimilar spare tire wheel information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road tire wheel that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that is different in brand size or
54. fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking WARNING If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud sand etc do not rapidly spin the tires spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Highway hazards No matter how carefully you drive there s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Tire and wheel alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you re driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authori
55. information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN You can get more protection for your new car or light truck by purchasing Ford Extended Service Plan Ford ESP coverage It provides the following e Benefits during the warranty period depending on the plan you purchase such as reimbursement for rentals coverage for certain maintenance and wear items e Protection against covered repair costs after your Bumper to Bumper Warranty expires You may purchase Ford ESP from any participating authorized dealer There are several plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations which can be tailored to fit your own driving needs Ford ESP also offers reimbursement benefits for towing and rental coverage When you buy Ford ESP you receive Peace of Mind protection throughout the United States and Canada provided by a network of more than 4 600 participating authorized dealers 248 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Customer Assistance If you did not take advantage of the Ford Extended Service Plan at the time of purchasing your vehicle you may still be eligible Since this information is subject to change please ask your authorized dealer for complete details about Ford Extended Service Plan coverage options or visit the Ford ESP website at www ford esp com GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA B
56. label A label showing the OE Original Equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry e Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 87 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 48 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires 167 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure e PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure e Cold inflation pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 km e Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver
57. leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor 141 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The front passenger sensing system may detect small or medium objects placed on the seat cushion For most objects that are in the front passenger seat the passenger airbag will be disabled Even though the passenger airbag is disabled the pass airbag off lamp may or may not be illuminated according to the table below Pass Airbag Off r Small i e three ring Unlit Disabled binder small purse bottled water Medium i e heavy Lit Disabled briefcase fully packed luggage Empty seat or small Lit Disabled to medium object with safety belt buckled If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following e O
58. make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide for complete emission warranty information On board diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine s emission control system This system is commonly known as the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II The OBD II system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the Service engine soon C indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the Service engine soon indicator to illuminate Examples are 1 The vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 2 Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 3 The fuel cap may not have been securely tightened See Fuel filler cap in this chapter 4 Driving through deep wat
59. of inboard lower anchors from the outboard seating positions center seating use The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 460 mm 18 inches apart The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 280 mm 11 inches center to center A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 280 mm 11 inches center to center Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments and have attached the top tether strap to the proper top tether anchor do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching the vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly
60. of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case the vehicle is considered not ready for I M testing If the Service engine soon C3 indicator is on or the bulb does not work the vehicle may need to be serviced Refer to the On board diagnostics OBD II description in this chapter If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the Service engine soon tC indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the Service engine soon tc indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system is designed to check the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving may be performed 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway highway followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal op
61. or replacement is not needed 278 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT AUTOMOTIVE FUELS fg Important safety precautions WARNING Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound wait until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap Otherwise fuel may spray out and injure you or others WARNING If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap excessive vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision which may result in serious personal injury WARNING Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled WARNING Gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling e Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours e Avoid inh
62. recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot G e driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated 169 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the m
63. reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear seats The side air curtain will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window openings The side air curtains are mounted to the sheet metal above the first and second row seats In certain lateral collisions the air curtain and seat mounted side airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated except that the passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty unbuckled passenger seat or an unbuckled child or small person in the passenger 148 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints seat The air curtain was designed to inflate between the side window area and occupant to further enhance the head protection provided to occupants in side impact collisions The seat mounted side airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions The side air curtain system SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates air curtain and seat mounted side a
64. repaired and remounted on your vehicle For additional information refer to Changing tires with TPMS in this section 183 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading When you believe your system is not operating properly The main function of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended Please refer to the following chart for information concerning your Tire Pressure Monitoring System Low Tire Pressure Possible cause Customer Action Required Warning Light Solid Warning Light Tire s 1 Check your tire pressure to under inflated ensure tires are properly inflated refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 32 km h before the light will turn OFF Spare tire in Your temporary spare tire is in use use Repair the damaged road wheel tire and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description on how the system functions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If your tires are properly malfunction inflated and your spare tire is not in use and the light remains ON hav
65. restraints must be installed properly Using the manual lumbar support if equipped The lumbar control is located on the side of the seat cushion Turn to adjust lumbar support Adjusting the front manual seat if equipped WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips Lift handle to move seat forward or backward 115 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Pump the handle upwards to raise the cushion and pump downward to lower the cushion to the desired location Pull lever up to adjust seatback Folding down the front passenger seatback if equipped The front passenger seatback can be folded to a horizontal position to make room for a long load To fold the seatback 1 Move the seat as far back as possible 2 Push the head restraint release button and move the head restraint fully down 3 Pull up on the recliner handle located on the outboard side of the seat 4 Without releasing the handle push the back of the seat forward until flat 5 Move the seat as far forward as possible WARNING Cover sharp edges on the load to help prevent injury to occupants Secure the load to help prevent shifting during sudden stops 116 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING
66. risk of electrical shock do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters Prior to using the engine block heater follow these recommendations for proper and safe operation For your safety use an outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory UL or Canadian Standards Association CSA Use only an extension cord that can be used outdoors in cold temperatures and is clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors it could result in an electric shock or fire hazard Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord minimum Use as short an extension cord as possible Do not use multiple extension cords Instead use one extension cord which is long enough to reach from the engine block heater cord to the outlet without stretching Make certain that the extension cord is in excellent condition not patched or spliced Store your extension cord indoors at temperatures above 32 F 0 C Outdoor conditions can deteriorate extension cords over a period of time To reduce the risk of electrical shock do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters Also ensure that the block heater especially the cord is in good condition before use Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug engine block heater cord plug connection is free and clear of water in orde
67. save up to 18 stations six in AM six in FM1 and FM2 In satellite radio mode if equipped there are 18 available presets six each for SAT1 SAT2 and SATS To save satellite channels in your memory presets tune to the desired channel then press and hold a preset control until sound returns Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 13 TEXT SCAN In radio and Ea CD MP3 mode press and hold for a brief sampling of radio stations or CD tracks Press again to stop In MP3 mode press and release to display track title artist name and disc title In satellite radio mode if equipped press and release to enter TEXT MODE and display the current song title While in TEXT MODE press again to scroll through the current song title artist channel category and the SIRIUS long channel name In TEXT MODE sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the gt indicator is active press SEEK B gt to view the additional display text When the lt indicator is active press lt SEEK to view the previous display text In satellite radio mode if equipped press and hold to hear a brief sampling of the next channels Press again to stop In CATEGORY MODE press SCAN to hear a brief sampling of the channels in the selected category Press again to stop Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscripti
68. settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation and your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing You are not bound by the decision but should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford must abide by the accepted decision as well Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800
69. spin is controlled in two ways which may work separately or in tandem Engine Traction Control and Brake Traction Control Engine Traction Control works to limit drive wheel spin by momentarily reducing engine power Brake Traction Control works to limit wheel spin by momentarily applying the brakes to the wheel that is slipping Traction Control is most active at low speeds During Traction Control events the sliding car icon fi in the instrument cluster will flash If the Traction Control system is activated excessively in a short period of time the braking portion of the system may become temporarily disabled to allow the brakes to cool down In this situation Traction Control will use only engine power reduction or transfer to help control the wheels from over spinning When the brakes have cooled down the system will regain all features Anti lock braking and ESC are not affected by this condition and will continue to function during the cool down period The Engine Traction Control and Brake Traction Control system may be deactivated in certain situations See the Switching Off AdvanceTrac section below Electronic Stability Control ESC Electronic Stability Control ESC may enhance your vehicle s directional stability during adverse maneuvers for example when cornering severely or avoiding objects in the roadway ESC operates by applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and if necessary reducing engine
70. stopping slowing down may eliminate the need to stop e Sudden or hard accelerations may reduce fuel economy e Slow down gradually e Driving at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 15 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h 285 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Revving the engine before turning it off may reduce fuel economy Using the air conditioner or defroster may reduce fuel economy You may want to turn off the speed control in hilly terrain if unnecessary shifting between the top gears occurs Unnecessary shifting of this type could result in reduced fuel economy Warming up a vehicle on cold mornings is not required and may reduce fuel economy Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving may reduce fuel economy Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving Maintenance Keep tires properly inflated and use only recommended size Operating a vehicle with the wheels out of alignment will reduce fuel economy Use recommended engine oil Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance items Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and owner maintenance checks found in scheduled maintenance information Conditions Heavily loading a vehicle may reduce fuel economy at any speed Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lo
71. than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately 3 psi 20 7 kPa for a drop of 30 F 16 6 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the TPMS as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the TPMS warning for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is ON visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat if one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure 185 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading SNOW TIRES AND CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use snow tires and chains If you need to use chains it is recommend
72. the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ib In metric units 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity e Another example for your vehicle with 1400 lb 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 lb 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 lb 13 5 kg each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1400 1100 150 150 lb Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 5 x 13 5 kg 635 495 67 5 72 5 kg 190 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e A final example for your vehicle with 1400 lb 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2
73. the coolant concentration below 40 e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate protection at the temperatures in which you drive Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water for optimum cooling system and engine protection What you should know about fail safe cooling 2 3L 14 engine only If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How fail safe cooling works If the engine begins to overheat e The engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the H hot area e The c symbol will illuminate If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine 277 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications When this occurs t
74. the current song title artist channel category and the SIRIUS long channel name In TEXT MODE sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the gt indicator is active press SEEK gt to view the additional display text When the lt indicator is active press lt q SEEK to view the previous display text In satellite radio mode if equipped press and hold to hear a brief sampling of the next channels Press again to stop In CATEGORY MODE press SCAN to hear a brief sampling of the channels in the selected category Press again to stop Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 14 AM FM Press to select P AM FM1 FM2 frequency band 27 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems 15 ON OFF Volume Press to turn ON OFF Turn to increase decrease volume Note If the volume is set above a VOL PUSH certain level and the ignition is turned off the volume will come back on at a nominal listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on 16 CD Press to enter CD MP3 Ne mode If a CD MP3 is already loaded into the system CD MP3 play will begin where it ended last If no CD is loaded NO DISC will appear in the display 17 amp CD eject Press to eject a CD 18 CD slot Insert a CD label side up in the CD slot 28 2009 Fusion fsn O
75. the current track is finished playing CD SHUF will appear in the display To disengage press SHUFFLE again SHUFFLE OFF will appear in the display Note In track mode all tracks on the current disc will shuffle in random order In MP3 folder mode the system will randomly play all tracks within the current folder Press B gt 11_ play pause when a CD MP3 is playing to pause the disc D CD PAUSE will appear in the display Press again to resume play 4 For a single CD system press 4 to eject the current disc AN The display will read CD EJECT O For an in dash six CD system press 4 and then select the correct slot number using memory presets 1 6 When ready the system will eject the disc and the display will read REMOVE CD If the disc is not removed in 15 seconds the system will reload the disc To auto eject up to 6 discs press and hold amp until the system begins ejecting all loaded discs If the discs are not removed the system will reload the discs 20 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems AM FM Single CD MP3 satellite compatible sound system if equipped 16 ow EE a u E seek FET seer REW FF lt FOLDER FOLDER SHUFFLE b gt Il OK 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 oa a WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may t
76. the engine speed in revolutions per minute Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine Odometer Registers the total miles kilometers of the vehicle e Without Message center 800000 0 mi e With Message center Refer to Message center in the Driver Controls chapter on how to switch the display from Metric to L NW O8O000 0 mi English Trip odometer Registers the miles kilometers of individual journeys e Without Message center Tap on the TRIP RESET button to TRIP XXX X mi toggle the display between the trip and the odometer Holding the TRIP RESET button for two seconds or more will reset the trip odometer to zero e With Message center Press and release the message TRIP XXX X MI center INFO button until TRIP Nu gagad gom appears in the display this represents the trip mode Press the control again to select Trip A and Trip B features Press and hold the RESET button for two seconds to reset 16 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems AUDIO SYSTEMS Quick start How to get going AN WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The drivers primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones a
77. the engine immobilizer keycode and the remote entry transmitter portion of the IKT to your vehicle Note A maximum of eight coded keys can be programmed to your vehicle only four of these eight can be IKTs with remote entry functionality Tips e Only use Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs or standard SecuriLock keys You must have two previously programmed coded keys keys that already operate your vehicle s engine and the new unprogrammed key s readily accessible e If two previously programmed coded keys are not available you must take your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the spare key s programmed 108 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security Please read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously Q 4 programmed coded key into the ignition 2 Turn the ignition from the 1 off position to the 3 on position Keep the ignition in the 3 on position for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 Within 10 seconds of turning the ignition to the 1 off position insert the second previously coded key into the ignition 5 Turn the ignition from the 1 off position to the 3 on position Keep the ignition in the 3 on position for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 6 Turn the ignition to t
78. the proper snugness of the child seat to the vehicle Sometimes a slight lean care the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped Refer to Attaching child safety seats with tether straps later in this chapter 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than one inch 2 5 cm of movement for proper installation 11 Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST to make certain the child restraint is properly installed Attaching child safety seats with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren attachments The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two 2 lower anchors located where the vehicle seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one 1 top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For 157
79. under pressure If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound wait until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap Otherwise fuel may spray out and injure you or others WARNING If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap excessive vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision which may result in personal injury bp Choosing the right fuel Use only UNLEADED fuel or UNLEADED fuel blended with a maximum of 10 ethanol Do not use fuel ethanol E85 diesel methanol leaded fuel or any other fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law and could damage your vehicle Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic compounds including manganese based additives Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty Octane recommendations Your vehicle is designed to use Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 We do not recommend the use of gasolines labeled as Regular in high altitude areas that are sold with octane ratings less than 87 282 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using
80. use caution when in R Reverse and when using the RSS WARNING This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground WARNING Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the RSS system may create false beeps 213 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving The RSS detects obstacles up to six feet two meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the figures for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If the RSS detects a stationary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the tone will sound again While receiving a warning the radio volume will be reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio will return to the previous value The RSS automatically turns on when the gear selector is placed in R Reverse and the ign
81. vehicle WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer as soon as possible 207 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving Understanding the gearshift positions of the 5 speed automatic transmission tt equipped P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Depress the brake pedal e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse 208 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through five L Low This position e Provides increased engine braking during downhill mountain driving e Pro
82. will enable during the same ignition cycle if the occupant buckles and remains buckled for approximately 30 seconds Confirmation is not given for the one time disable Deactivating activating the Belt Minder feature The driver and front passenger Belt Minder are deactivated activated independently When deactivating activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the deactivation activation programming procedure Note The driver and front passenger Belt Minder features must be disabled enabled separately Both cannot be disable enabled during the same key cycle The driver and front passenger Belt Minder features can be deactivated activated by performing the following procedure 133 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Before following the procedure make sure that e The parking brake is set e The gearshift is in N Neutral manual transmission e The gearshift is in P Park automatic transmission e The ignition switch is in the off position e The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled WARNING While the design allows you to deactivate your Belt Minder this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use the ve
83. windshield defroster ducts demister outlets and the front and rear seat floor ducts The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging 7 A Distributes air through the floor and rear seat floor ducts 8 lt A Distributes air through the instrument panel and center console registers if equipped and the front and rear seat floor ducts 9 J Distributes air through the instrument panel and center console registers if equipped 10 Manual override controls Allows you to manually select where airflow is directed To return to full automatic control press AUTO 11 OFF Outside air is shut out and the fan will not operate 12 Temperature control Controls the temperature in the cabin of the vehicle Press to increase decrease the temperature 13 AUTO To engage automatic temperature control press AUTO and select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system will automatically determine fan speed airflow location A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the desired temperature 14 EXT Press to display outside temperature Press again to display cabin temperature settings 48 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Climate Controls Automatic Temperature Control ATC system with heated seats if equipped Temperature conversion To switch between Fahrenheit and Celsius If your vehicle is equippe
84. with your reception Station overload When you pass a broadcast tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and play while the weak station frequency is displayed CD CD player care Do e Handle discs by their edges only Be Never touch the playing N surface Inspect discs before playing Clean only with an approved CD cleaner 39 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems e Wipe discs from the center out Don t e Expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods of time e Clean using a circular motion CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4 75 in 12 cm audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Do not use any irregular shaped CDs or discs with a scratch protection film attached l A CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels should not be inserted into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the N CD to become jammed It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Audio system warranty and service Refer to the Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide for audio system warranty information If service is necessary see your dealer or qua
85. your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide that is provided to you along with your Owner s Guide Special instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNING Please read the section Airbag Supplemental Restraint System SRS in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury WARNING Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access vehicle diagnostic information through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Event Data Recording Other modules in your vehicle event data recorders are capable of collecting and storing data during a crash or near crash event The recorded information may assist in the investigation of such an event The modules may record information about both the veh
86. your vehicle for an extended period of time This will minimize the discharge of your battery during storage Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability WARNING Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation WARNING When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners WARNING Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some control
87. 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation 247 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Customer Assistance UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding both to you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all territories and provinces For more
88. 7 Remove the dipstick and inspect 4 4 fluid temperature 59 F 77 F 15 C 25 C perform the check using the cold range on the dipstick However the fluid must be re checked at the proper fluid temperature Low fluid level Do not drive the vehicle if the fluid level does not show at all on the C 20 C 65 C dipstick Driving the vehicle with less than the recommended fluid level may result in transmission failure An under fill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage to the transmission High fluid level Fluid levels above the normal operating range may result in transmission failure An overfill condition of transmission fluid may oo cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage to the transmission High fluid levels can be caused by an overheating condition Adjusting automatic transmission fluid levels Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The type of fluid used is normally indicated on the dipstick and also in the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter Note Only one ATF fluid specification has been tested and approved for use with the automatic 6 speed Premium Automatic Transmission fluid Mercon fluids cannot be used with the automatic 6 speed without damage or voiding warranty 294 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specification
89. A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 11 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A BC The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of as
90. A X D EXT PNT X RC XX WBTBRK TINTTR PPS R TAXE TR SPR TXXXXX XXX X XX X XX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label 189 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations WARNING Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if
91. ARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the air bag has deployed the air bag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the air bag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision The SRS consists of e driver and passenger airbag modules which include the inflators and airbags e seat mounted side airbags Refer to Seat mounted side airbag system later in this chapter e safety belt pretensioners e one or more impact and safing sensors 138 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e areadiness light and tone e and the electrical wiring which connects the components e Side curtain airbag system Refer to Side curtain airbag system later in this chapter e Front passenger sensing system Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter e Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter The diagnostic module monitors its own internal circuits and the supplemental airbag electrical system wiring including the impact sensors the system wiring the airbag system readiness light the airbag back up power the airbag ignitors and safety belt pretensioners Front passenger sensing system The front passenger sensing system is designed to meet the regulatory requirement
92. BRAKES Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out and should be inspected by an authorized dealer If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized dealer Refer to Brake system warning light in the Instrument Cluster chapter for information on the brake system warning light BRAKE Four wheel anti lock brake system ABS Your vehicle is equipped with an Anti lock Braking System ABS This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking The ABS operates by detecting the onset of wheel lockup during brake application and compensates for this tendency Noise from the ABS pump motor and brake pedal pulsation may be observed during ABS braking any pulsation or mechanical noise you may feel or hear is normal In addition the ABS performs a self check after you start the engine and begin to drive away A brief mechanical noise may be heard during this test This is normal 198 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving ABS warning lamp The ABS lamp in the instrument cluster momentarily illuminates when the ignition is turned on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the ABS may be disabled and may need to be serviced Even when the ABS is disa
93. Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Adjusting the front power seat if equipped A WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving f WARNING Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of injury in a collision or sudden stop A WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips A WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not hang objects off seat back or stow objects in the seatback map pocket if equipped when a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console if equipped C
94. C mode reduce blower fan speed from the highest setting and put the vehicle s transmission into the PARK gear position automatic transmission only to continue to receive cool air from your A C system For maximum cooling performance MAX A C mode e Move the temperature control selector to the coldest setting e Set the fan to the highest speed initially then adjust to maintain passenger comfort Inthe and modes e Move the temperature control selector to the coldest setting e Select A C and recirculated air A Use A with A C to provide colder airflow e Set the fan to the highest speed initially then adjust to maintain passenger comfort e To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather 1 Select 2 Select A C 3 Set the temperature control to full heat 4 Set the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Climate Controls AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL ATC SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED A of 4 ge ee ore tI a eee o SESE Temperature conversion To switch between Fahrenheit and Celsius If your vehicle is equipped with a full message center refer to Setup menu in the Message center section of the Driver Controls chapter for more information If your vehicle is equipped with a mini message center see your authorized dealer for temperature conversion MAX A C setting In orde
95. D load the desired disc label side up If you do not choose a slot within five seconds the system will choose for you Once loaded the first track will begin to play To auto load up to 6 discs press and hold LOAD until the display reads AUTOLOAD Load the desired disc label side up The system will prompt you to load discs for the remaining available slots Insert the discs one at a time label side up when prompted Once loaded the last loaded disc will begin to play Note An MP3 disc with folders will show F001 folder T001 track in the display An MP3 disc without folders will show T001 track in the display Refer to MP3 track and folder structure later in this chapter for further information 3 In CD MP3 mode you can access the following features Press lt Q SEEK SEEK P to access the previous next tracks Gseex seexe Press and hold REW to manually reverse in a CD MP3 track eq Press and hold FF to manually advance in a CD MP3 track Ea While in folder mode press lt Sy FOLDER to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available 19 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems While in folder mode press FOLDER P to access the next folder on MP3 discs if available Press SHUFFLE to engage shuffle mode SHUFFLE ON will appear in the display If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away press SEEK to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when
96. ED 1 Temperature selection Controls the temperature of the airflow in the vehicle 2 Air flow selections Controls the direction of the airflow in the vehicle See the following for a brief description on each control setting MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents only to cool the vehicle This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle 74 Distributes air through the instrument panel vents lt 7 Distributes air through the instrument panel vents and floor vents O OFF Outside air is shut out and the climate system is turned off lt A Distributes air through the floor vents Note You may notice a small amount of air flowing from the demister and defroster vents P Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demisters and floor vents WY Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster and demister vents Can be used to clear thin ice or fog from the windshield To exit QQ select another mode 3 P amp P Rear defroster Press to activate deactivate rear window defroster Refer to Rear window defroster in this section for more information 4 A Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle cabin Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reac
97. EHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR Compliance Certification Label is EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE located on the structure B Pillar TE aa t poo by the trailing edge of the driver s door or the edge of the driver s UO ANT OM AN A ITA door EXT PNT _ XX RCXX D30 WB BRK TINTTR PPS R AXLE TR SPR XXXXX XXX X XX X XX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXK XXXX XXXXXXX XX Vehicle identification number VIN The vehicle identification number is located on the driver side instrument panel Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number 303 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications The Vehicle Identification Number VIN contains the following information 1 World manufacturer identifier XXX X XXX X X X X XXXXXX 2 Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR Restraint System O 3 Vehicle line series body type 4 Engine type 5 Check digit 6 Model year 7 Assembly plant 8 Production sequence number TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATIONS You can find a transmission code on the Safety Compliance Certification MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLBY XXXXXKG Label The following table tells you FRONT GAWR XXXXL REAR GAWR XXXXLB which transmission each code XXXXKG WITH XXXXKG WITH XXXXIXAXKKXK OTIRES pe XXXXIKXXXXKK SS TIRES represents XXXXKX RIMS XXXX XX RIM
98. ION LEVER Windshield wiper Rotate the end of the control away from you to increase the speed of the wipers rotate towards you to decrease the speed of the wipers Speed dependent wipers When the wiper control is set on the intermittent settings the speed of the wipers will automatically adjust with the vehicle speed The faster your vehicle is travelling the faster the wipers will go Windshield washer Push the end of the stalk e briefly causes a single swipe of the wipers without washer fluid e a quick push and hold the wipers Se will swipe three times with washer fluid e along push and hold the wipers and washer fluid will be activated for up to ten seconds Courtesy wipe feature One extra wipe will occur a few seconds after washing the front window to clear any excess washer fluid remaining on the windshield Note Do not operate the washer when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Check the washer fluid level frequently Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades and cause the wiper motor to burn out Before operating the wiper on a dry windshield always use the windshield washer In freezing weather be sure the wiper blades are not frozen to the windshield before operating the wipers Windshield wiper rainlamp feature if equipped with Autolamp When the windshield wipers are turned on during daylight an
99. Introduction Instrument Cluster Warning lights and chimes Gauges Entertainment Systems How to get going AM FM stereo with CD AM FM stereo with in dash six CD Auxiliary input jack Line in USB port Satellite radio information Navigation system SYNC Climate Controls Manual heating and air conditioning Automatic temperature control Rear window defroster Lights Headlamps Turn signal control Bulb replacement Driver Controls Windshield wiper washer control Steering wheel adjustment Power windows Mirrors Speed control Moon roof Message center 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Table of Contents Table of Contents Locks and Security Keys Locks Anti theft system Seating and Safety Restraints Seating Safety restraints Airbags Child restraints Tires Wheels and Loading Tire information Tire inflation Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Vehicle loading Trailer towing Recreational towing Driving Starting Brakes AdvanceTrac Traction Control Transmission operation Reverse sensing system Roadside Emergencies Getting roadside assistance Hazard flasher switch Fuel pump shut off switch Fuses and relays Changing tires Wheel lug nut torque Jump starting Wrecker towing 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus 91 91 93 106 112 112 121 135 150 166 166 168 181 187 191 191 193 193 198 200 204 206 213 221 221
100. NING Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should consult your Ford dealer Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement see an authorized dealer 172 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING When mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person m
101. OK to enter into the satellite radio menu Press A IV to cycle through the following options e CATEGORY Press OK to enter category mode Press A IV to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Press OK when the desired category appears in the display After a category is selected press SEEK to search for that specific category of channels only i e ROCK You may also select CATEGORY ALL to seek all available SIRIUS categories and channels Press OK to close and return to the main menu e SAVE SONG Press OK to save the currently playing song s title in the system s memory If you try to save something other than a song CANT SAVE will appear in the display When the chosen song is playing on any satellite radio channel the system will alert you with an audible prompt Press OK while SONG ALERT is in the display and the system will take you to the channel playing the desired song You can save up to 20 song titles If you attempt to save more than 20 titles the display will read REPLACE SONG Press OK to access the saved titles and press A IV to cycle through the saved titles When the song title appears in the display that you would like to replace press OK SONG REPLACED will appear in the display 22 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems e DELETE SONG Press OK to delete a song from the system s memory Press A IV to cycle through the saved songs W
102. ONENTS IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2 3L 14 engine Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake Clutch fluid reservoir Transmission fluid dipstick automatic transmission only Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly Coolant bleed valve Oo ONaAa nt FWHM FR 10 Power steering fluid reservoir 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 262 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 3 0L V6 Duratec engine Engine coolant reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Brake fluid reservoir Transmission fluid dipstick automatic transmission only Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly Coolant bleed valve wComANanRWNY HE Engine oil dipstick 10 Engine oil filler cap 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 263 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID lt 7 Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low In very cold weather do not fill the reservoir completely Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specification WSB M8B16 A2 Do not use any special washer fluid such as windshield water repellent type fluid or bug wash They may cause squeaking chatter noise streaking and smearing Refer to the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter State or loca
103. Pressing the AdvanceTrac Off button again will turn off the lighted button sliding car icon igi In R Reverse ABS and the Engine and Brake Traction Control features will continue to function however ESC is disabled 203 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving AdvanceTrac Features 66 sdi 29 a icon Control Illuminated Default at start up during bulb check Pitto pr ePpad Illuminated solid Enabled Disabled momentarily Button pressed again after Not illuminated Enabled Enabled deactivation TRACTION CONTROL IF EQUIPPED The Traction Control system helps you maintain the stability and steerability of your vehicle especially on slippery road surfaces such as snow or ice covered roads and gravel roads The system will allow your vehicle to make better use of available traction in these conditions During Traction Control operation the traction control active light will illuminate you may hear an electric motor type of sound coming from the engine compartment and the engine may not rev up when you push further on the accelerator This is normal system behavior and should be no reason for concern WARNING Aggressive driving in any road conditions can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of severe personal injury or property damage The occurrence of a Traction Control event is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded thei
104. S AT XXX KPa XX PSLCOLD 4f ATSXXX kPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TYPE XXX XXXXX EXT PNT XX RC XX DSO WB BRK TINTTR TP PS R TAXLE SPR XXXXX XXX X XX X XX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XX XXXX XXXXXXX XX 5 Speed Manual Transmission A Mazda G5M 5 Speed Automatic Transmission Mazda FNR5 6 Speed Automatic Transmission Aisin F21 O Bo oo O 304 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Accessories GENUINE FORD ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE A wide selection of Genuine Ford Accessories are available for your vehicle through your local Ford or Ford of Canada dealer These quality accessories have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and aerodynamic appearance of your vehicle In addition each accessory is made from high quality materials and meets or exceeds Ford s rigorous engineering and safety specifications Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly dealer installed Genuine Ford Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories The accessories will be warranted for whichever provides you the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 k
105. SONG ALERTS ENABLED DISABLED will appear in the display The menu listing will display the opposite state For example if you have chosen to enable the song alerts the menu listing will read DISABLE as the alerts are currently on so your other option is to turn them off Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability Setting the clock If your vehicle is equipped with an in dash clock refer to Clock in the Driver Controls chapter for instructions on how to set the time If your vehicle is not equipped with an in dash clock press MENU until SET HOURS or SET MINUTES appears in the display Press A IV to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu AUTOSET Press MENU until the display reads AUTOSET Autoset allows you to set the strongest local radio stations without losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2 Use A IV lt q SEEK gt to turn on off When the six strongest stations are filled the station stored in preset 1 will begin playing If there are less than six strong stations the system will store the last one in the remaining presets Press OK to close and return to the main menu 31 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems RBDS Available only in FM mode This feature allows you to search RBDS equipped stations for a certain category of music format CLASSIC COUNTRY INFORM JA
106. T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for temporary service on gt z a cars SUVs minivans and light LI S409 8 VQ ama WO asn neve trucks 2 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 3 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall 4 D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire 5 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the tire label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Refer to the payload description and graphic in the Vehicle loading with and without a trailer section 180 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to O the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size i
107. TO puke TV E0GOCGIN SSM 1OOW1LX ALV A eNOOddN e1o10 OVY A eNOOUdN WO S LX ueq Yoo yT pue SUNLIJ U JdJ YLIODIOJON z PpLUeD TO IOJO W ummwwaIg Jadng OGMSG HVS Ieso10J 0 SM TO 1010W pusTg oneyyudS unuq OGMSG AVS eso10J 0 JIEN UONLEIJIHM Q IdV UM V 0EGICW SSM peep ZIdSTOZMS OXO SN dS 07MS OX uorneIyn ds p10 1 qumnu Ied pro pmy AMY CNTRE o e p ds 9 pInyy uorssTusueIg onyeuomy psedg g pmnyy UOTssTuUIsUeTy oneuwomy 102 syenb 7 C129 syenb 0 4 1287 pmyy syrenb o g UOISSTUSUeL enuen IOAIOSAL uo XVIN pue NIW uoomyog pm SUS IaMog CW S sjaenb 0 9 ouIsue O g O ousug 5 CIST cs ISGP S urgu o ugu S syrenb G p T c I Isuy E g xO USA fus Maintenance and Specifications PUN I JSULIL JAMO VY JO SUMY 10 SULPIIYD POA PMY 107 Jeveap poziuoyyne Mog vag IoyeM Ul poSIowqns s yun y ouTyAue JUROLIQNT OTJeyJUAS potloods yy yuROTIGNT MUA I JSULIL Jamog vov dey posmnbel iredar 10 p y dsns st yea Le ss jun p guey Io payoayo aq 0 JOU IIB STOAST JUBITIQN T OQNI oeyJUAS YIM F OF PAPINI st MUN Jeysuely IaMOg WL asuel guyeIodo eULIOU S yONsdIp y UO uonearpur oy Aq Jos oq pmoys oaAe pmyy pue pny UOTsstusueI JO JUNOWE 34L T9009 yuey ul ue yy poddinbo Jt pue 9ZIs Jaf ooo uo peseq Area Lew suoTyeoT dde swog Ayede qy AIp ayeurxoidde Auo seyeorpuy QORJANS OAR V UO Y OTYOA OY ULM OY JeT ayy JO U
108. Transmitter lock control is pressed e The vehicle is locked using the keyless entry keypad Gf equipped or e after 25 seconds of illumination The inside lights will not turn off if e they have been turned on with the dimmer control or e any door is open Perimeter lamps illuminated entry With the Integrated Keyhead Transmitter system the following items will illuminate when the control on the transmitter is pressed e Head lamps e Park lamps e Tail lamps The lamps will automatically turn off e if the ignition switch is turned to the 3 on position e The vehicle is locked using the keyless entry keypad Gf equipped or e after 25 seconds of illumination Note On some vehicles the perimeter lamps illuminated entry feature will not activate in daylight conditions Deactivating activating perimeter lamps illuminated entry You may enable disable this feature by having your vehicle serviced by your authorized dealer You may also perform the following power door lock sequence to enable disable the perimeter lamps feature Note Before starting ensure the ignition is in the 1 off position and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated wait a minimum of 30 seconds before beginning again 103 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security 1 Place the key in the ignition and 3 t
109. ZZ RB ROCK etc To activate press MENU repeatedly until RBDS ON OFF appears in the display Use W lt SEEK P gt to toggle RBDS ON OFF When RBDS is OFF you will not be able to search for RBDS equipped stations or view the station name or type Press OK to close and return to the main menu To search for specific RBDS music categories When the desired category appears in the display press A IV to find the desired type then press and release lt q SEEK p or press and hold SCAN to begin the search To view the station name or type When the desired category appears in the display press TEXT SCAN to toggle between displaying the station type COUNTRY ROCK etc or the station name WYCD WXYZ etc BASS Press MENU to reach the bass setting Use A IV lt q SEEK p to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu TREB Treble Press MENU to reach the treble setting Use A IV e SEEK gt to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu BAL Balance Press MENU to reach the balance setting Use A IV lt SEEK P to adjust the audio between the left L and right R speakers Press OK to close and return to the main menu FADE Press MENU to reach the fade setting Use W gt SEEK gt to adjust the audio between the back B and front F speakers Press OK to close and return to the main menu SPEEDVOL Speed sensitive volume if equipped Press MENU to reach the SPEEDVOL setting Radi
110. ability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR 8 U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 9 M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season 10 Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others 11 Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Refer to the Safety Compliance Certification Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle 177 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 12 Treadwear Traction and Tempe
111. acement IKTs refer to the SecuriLock passive anti theft system section later in this chapter Note Your vehicle s IkKTs were FEL issued with a security label on them iOSIAV that provides important vehicle key cut information It is recommended that you maintain the label in a safe place for future reference such as the inside front cover of this Owner s Guide el 20000909058 9 O 770000900N0 01004 YY L09AS LY LZ X8 CAUTION TOBE REMOVED BY CUSTONER ONLY 91 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security Recommended handling of the Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT To avoid inadvertently activating the remote entry functions of your vehicle it is recommended that the Integrated Keyhead Transmitter KT be handled properly when starting and turning off your vehicle When inserting the IKT into the ignition cylinder place your thumb on the center thumb rest of the IKT and forefinger on the logo badge on the opposite side To gain more leverage when rotating the IKT in the ignition lock cylinder you can readjust the location of your thumb to grasp the IKT on the outer edge next to the control A Likewise when rotating the IKT to the off position in the ignition lock cylinder the bottom edge of the IKT adjacent to the control can be utilized 92 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security POWER DOOR LOCKS e Press th
112. ada register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 249 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Customer Assistance ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED P O Box 07150 Detroit Michigan 48207 Or call For a free publication catalog order toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Ctems in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French owner s guide French Owner s Guides can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by writing to Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Service Publications CHQ202 The Canadian Road P O Box 2000 Oakville ON Canada L6J 5E4 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
113. ag inflation energy A lower less forceful energy level is provided for more common moderate severity impacts A higher energy level is used for the most severe impacts Refer to Airbag supplemental restraints SRS section in this chapter Front crash severity sensor The front crash severity sensor enhances the ability to detect the severity of an impact Positioned up front it provides valuable information early in the crash event on the severity of the impact This allows your Personal Safety System to distinguish between different levels of crash severity and modify the deployment strategy of the dual stage airbags and safety belt pretensioners Driver s seat position sensor The driver s seat position sensor allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the deployment level of the driver dual stage airbag based on seat position The system is designed to help protect smaller drivers sitting close to the driver airbag by providing a lower airbag output level Front passenger sensing system For airbags to do their job they must inflate with great force and this force can pose a potentially deadly risk to occupants that are very close 122 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints to the airbag when it begins to inflate For some occupants this occurs because they are initially sitting very close to the airbag For other occupants this occurs when the occupant is not properly restrained
114. ake their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Accessory delay Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay With this feature the window switches radio and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition is turned off or until either front door is opened Ls A IV Tuner Press to manually go up or down the radio frequency Also use in menu mode to select various settings 21 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems In satellite radio mode if equipped press A v to tune to the next previous channel In CATEGORY MODE press W to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Refer to Category under Menu for further information Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 2 Phone If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC press to eA access SYNC PHONE features Refer to your SYNC supplement for further information If your vehicle is not equipped with SYNC the display will read NO PHONE 3 MENU Press repeatedly to access the following settings SATELLITE RADIO MENU if equipped Press MENU when satellite radio mode is active to access Press
115. aling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury 279 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin and or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction WARNING When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken
116. ar of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts 4 Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ensure that vent caps are tight and level 5 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off Connecting the jumper cables 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery Note In the illustrations lightning bolts are used to designate the assisting boosting battery 237 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 238 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine away from the battery and the carburetor fuel injection system Do not use fuel lines engine rocker covers or the intake manifold as grounding points WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery 5 Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades belts moving parts of both engines or any f
117. ars in the display press TEXT SCAN to toggle between displaying the station type COUNTRY ROCK etc or the station name WYCD WXYZ etc BASS Press MENU to reach the bass setting Use A IV lt SEEK gt to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu TREB Treble Press MENU to reach the treble setting Use A IV lt SEEK gt to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu BAL Balance Press MENU to reach the balance setting Use A IW lt SEEK to adjust the audio between the left L and right R speakers Press OK to close and return to the main menu FADE Press MENU to reach the fade setting Use amp W lt SEEK gt to adjust the audio between the back B and front F speakers Press OK to close and return to the main menu SPEEDVOL Speed sensitive volume if equipped Press MENU to reach the SPEEDVOL setting Radio volume automatically gets louder with increasing vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Use A V lt q SEEK P to adjust The default setting is off increasing your vehicle speed will not change the volume level Press OK to close and return to the main menu Adjust 1 7 Increasing this setting from 1 lowest setting to 7 highest setting allows the radio volume to automatically change slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise 24 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems Recommended level is 1 3
118. artment lamp All replacement bulbs are clear in color except where noted To replace all instrument panel lights see your authorized dealer 37 or 14V1CP W5W 194 578 59 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights Replacing exterior bulbs Check the operation of all the bulbs frequently Replacing headlamp bulbs Highbeam bulb lower replacement 1 Make sure headlamp switch is in the off position then open the hood 2 Reach over the front bolster 3 Disengage top of flexible washer bottle filler neck from snap strap attachment and position it to gain access path to the high beam bulb Passenger side only Note If the bulb is not accessible after completing Step 3 see your authorized dealer for bulb replacement 4 Remove the protective cap grill from the headlamp housing by grabbing it and pulling rearward 5 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pulling it straight out of the lamp assembly 6 Carefully pull bulb straight out of socket and push in the new one 60 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated 7 For ease of bulb socket installation into the lamp assembly hold the bulb socket at 15 deg
119. ature The warnings are the same for the driver and the front passenger If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for approximately five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature When the Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled 130 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The Belt Minder feature uses two different warning chimes During the first minute of activation the warning chime will sound once every second The remaining warning chimes will sound twice every second while the system is activated The driver s and front passenger s safety belts are buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned on The driver s or front passenger s safety belt is not buckled when the vehicle has reached at least 3 mph 5 km h and 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s or front passenger s safety belt becomes unbuckled for approximately 1 minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 3 mph 5 km h and more than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turn
120. ay from the antenna as possible e Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception e Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in an audio mute Unlike AM FM audible static you will hear an audio mute when there is a satellite radio signal interference Your radio display may display NO SIGNAL to indicate the interference SIRIUS satellite radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming A service fee is required in order to receive SIRIUS service Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include e Hardware and limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle e Use of online media player providing access to all SIRIUS music channels over the internet using any computer connected to the internet U S customers only For information on extended subscription terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Note SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for
121. be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall 175 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Information on P type tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example 1 P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that may be used for service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 2 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 3 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width
122. bjects lodged underneath the seat e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console if equipped Objects hanging off the seat back Objects stowed in the seatback map pocket if equipped Objects placed on the occupant s lap e Cargo interference with the seat e Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat e Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above 142 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket if equipped or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console Gf equipped Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag status Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system In case there is a problem with the o front passenger sensing system the airbag readiness light in the S instrument cluster will stay lit If the airbag readiness light is lit do the following The driver a
123. bled and the ABS light is on normal braking is still effective If your BRAKE warning lamp illuminates with the BRAKE parking brake released have your brake system serviced immediately Using ABS When hard braking is required apply continuous force on the brake pedal do not pump the brake pedal since this will reduce the effectiveness of the ABS and will increase your vehicle s stopping distance The ABS will be activated immediately allowing you to retain full steering control during hard braking and on slippery surfaces However the ABS does not decrease stopping distance and does not decrease the time necessary to apply the brakes Parking brake To set the parking brake 1 pull J the parking brake handle up as far L 1 ae CSL SS as possible The BRAKE warning lamp will illuminate and will remain illuminated until the parking brake is released B RAKE To release press and hold the button 2 pull the handle up slightly then push the handle down 199 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the gearshift is securely latched in P Park automatic transmission or in 1 First manual transmission WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer as soon as possible ADVANCETRAC STABILITY ENHANCEMENT
124. by safety belts or child safety seats and they move forward during pre crash braking The most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary injuries is to make sure all occupants are properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are much safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front WARNING Air bags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active air bag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position The front passenger sensing system can automatically turn off the front passenger airbag and passenger seat mounted side airbag The system is designed to help protect small child size occupants from frontal airbag deployments when they are seated or restrained in the front passenger seat contrary to proper child seating or restraint usage recommendations Even with this technology parents are STRONGLY encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and passenger seat mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty and the safety belt is unbuckled or when a child or a small person occupies the front passenger seat and the safety belt is unbuckled Front safety belt usage sensors The front safety
125. cause serious personal injury 118 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly The heated seats will only function when the ignition is in the on position To operate the heated seats e Push the control located on the oo climate control system panel once to activate high heat e Push twice to activate low heat e Push a third time to deactivate The indicator light on the control will illuminate when activated For low heat one light will be lit for high heat both lights will be lit REAR SEATS Split folding rear seatbacks One or both rear seatbacks can be folded down to provide additional cargo space To lower the seatback s pull the release handle s located inside the trunk 119 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Fold the seatback s down WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Make sure that the safety belt for the rear center passenger is properly route
126. ccessory position and the driver s door is opened Headlamps on warning chime Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened Parking brake on Sounds when the parking brake is left on and driven If the warning stays on after the park brake is off contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible GAUGES 14 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Instrument Cluster Speedometer Indicates the current vehicle speed TRIP Speset Engine coolant temperature gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the needle will be in the normal range between H and C If it enters the red section the engine is overheating Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Fuel gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank when the ignition is in the on position The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade The FUEL icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located Refer to Filling the tank in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information 15 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Instrument Cluster Tachometer Indicates
127. ch as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 298 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications sped yeoT doi W 4s g SUT OOD YeIDIOJO N _ Pe10 0o Morpad quese FUQ YIM quR OOD ousuy Ploy UMTUIdIg IYeIIIOJOW ueq J20 pue SUNLIJ U JJ YLIDIOJON 9T LET66NW SSM 9 OA TV T9EL6NW SSM TAA TE6OTN ASH oseory sodmg Qm m GTX 10 F DX D Cann qUeOLIQNT Aeidg suog pm ayelg asp ye 1070W LOC WueULlojiag YSTH WYesoI0 0 V YdEINW YS A 9 TX TV G9D9I SSM 10 Y G9D9IN SSM O T Wd uoTjeoTIveds SAILIOVdVO ANY SNOILVOISIDAdS LONGOYd AONVNALNIVIN T76 syrenb 2 6 IT S syrenb 9G g IOAIOSOI uo XVIN pue NIW uoomyog sjoTed yel doys utaysAs Sul ooD oulsue TO Juejooo susug u1gu 12g Juejoos sulsuy siIapuTAd yoo asuly I00p Joy Tony pue syoery yeas soye d I MIJS sosuly 10op Yo4e pooy Arerixne Yo1eT pooy yore 100q Sdijsioyyeom I100q pmy peddmbe J pmp pue oyeig 299 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications qyueOLIqN oxy qeoy WnTWotd 06 M08 AVS Yeso10 0 PMY UorIssusuel ogewomy Umud 1Jes19 10JO PMY UOISS UsuerL ogewomy GUNA Yeros1ojoW oy yzu4s uou lo reas O6B MGL WetoIOLON V L6TOCN dSM TO 06MO8 AX V Ve60CN SSM MVO 8 LX GW VAZYN GININO 6 LX P
128. clockwise until it spins off 3 Pull to remove the cap from the fuel filler pipe 4 To install the cap align the tabs on the cap with the notches on the filler pipe 5 Turn the filler cap clockwise 1 4 of a turn until it clicks at least once If the check fuel cap light R or a check fuel cap message comes on the fuel filler cap may not be properly installed The light or message can come on after several driving events after you ve refueled your vehicle At the next opportunity safely pull off of the road remove the fuel filler cap align the cap properly and reinstall it The check fuel cap light R or check fuel cap message may not reset immediately it may take several driving cycles for the check fuel cap light R or check fuel cap message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city and highway driving Continuing to drive with the check fuel cap light R or check fuel cap message on may cause the light to turn on as well If you must replace the fuel filler cap replace it with a fuel filler cap that is designed for your vehicle The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct genuine Ford Motorcraft or other certified fuel filler cap is not used 281 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING The fuel system may be
129. com U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code Owner Guides Maintenance Schedules Recalls Ford Extended Service Plans Ford Genuine Accessories Service specials and promotions 244 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Customer Assistance In Canada Mailing Address Ford vehicles Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Mailing Address Lincoln vehicles Lincoln Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 1 800 387 9333 Online www lincolncanada com Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to help you serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the authorized dealer and city where loca
130. conds when the engine is running e Do not operate the vehicle with a low power steering pump fluid level below the MIN mark on the reservoir e Some noise is normal during operation If excessive check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer e Heavy or uneven steering efforts may be caused by low power steering pump fluid level Check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer e Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the MAX mark on the reservoir as this may result in leaks from the reservoir If the power steering system breaks down or if the engine is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort 205 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving If the steering wanders or pulls check for e an improperly inflated tire e uneven tire wear e loose or worn suspension components e loose or worn steering components e improper steering alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander pull Speed sensitive steering The steering in your vehicle is speed sensitive At high speeds steering assist will decrease to improve steering feel At lower speeds maneuverability will be increased If the amount of effort required to steer your vehicle changes while driving at a constant vehicle speed have the power steering system checked by you
131. d coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues You need to prevent these objects from touching the coded IKT while starting the engine These objects will not cause damage to the coded IKT but may cause a momentary issue if they are too close to the IKT when starting the engine If a problem occurs turn the ignition off remove all objects on the key chain away from the coded IKT and restart the engine Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle Anti theft indicator The anti theft indicator is located in the instrument panel cluster e When the ignition is in the off AN position the indicator will flash once every two seconds to R indicate the SecuriLock system is functioning as a theft deterrent e When the ignition is in the on position the indicator will glow for three seconds to indicate normal system functionality If a problem occurs with the SecuriLock system the indicator will flash rapidly or glow steadily when the ignition is in the on position If this occurs the vehicle will not start and should be taken to an authorized dealer for service Automatic arming The vehicle is armed immediately after switching the ignition to the off position The theft indicator will flash every A two seconds to act as a theft deterrent when the vehicle is R armed Automatic disarming The vehicl
132. d if you spill coolant on hot engine parts WARNING Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield e Add Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant or equivalent meeting Ford specification WSS M97B51 A1 Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Note Use of Motorcraft Cooling System Stop Leak Pellets or an equivalent product meeting Ford specification WSS M99B37 B6 may darken the color of Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant from yellow to golden tan Note When adding more than 1 quart 1 0 liter of coolant it is necessary to use the coolant bleed valve Failure to bleed the cooling system when adding engine coolant may cause engine damage Refer to the Cooling section of the Workshop Manual e Do not add mix an orange colored extended life coolant such as Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant meeting Ford specification WSS M97B44 D or DEX COOL brand with the factory filled coolant Mixing Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant or any orange colored extended life product such as DEX COOL brand with your factory filled coolant can result in degraded corrosion protection e A large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in case of emergency to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained and refilled with a 50 50 m
133. d over the rear seatback 120 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Seat mounted cup holders and armrest storage compartment Your vehicle may be equipped with cup holders in the rear seat armrest To access the cup holders fold the armrest down WARNING Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in a collision SAFETY RESTRAINTS Personal Safety System The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints e Front outboard safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors first row only and safety belt usage sensors e Driver s seat position sensor e Front passenger sensing system Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp Front crash severity sensor Restraints Control Module RCM with impact and safing sensors Restraint system warning light and back up tone The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners
134. d the headlamp control is in the autolamp position the exterior lamps will turn on after a brief delay and will remain on until the wipers are turned off 68 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls TILT TELESCOPE STEERING WHEEL To adjust the steering wheel 1 Pull the lever down to unlock the steering column 2 While the lever is in the down position move the steering wheel up or down and in or out until you find the desired position 3 While holding the steering wheel in place pull the lever up to its original position to lock the steering column WARNING Never adjust the steering wheel when the vehicle is moving ILLUMINATED VISOR MIRROR IF EQUIPPED Lift the mirror cover to turn on the visor mirror lamps Slide on rod feature if equipped Rotate the visor towards the side window and extend it rearward for additional sunlight coverage Note To stow the visor back into the headliner visor must be retracted before moving it back towards the windshield 69 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls OVERHEAD CONSOLE IF EQUIPPED The appearance of your vehicle s overhead console will vary according to your option package Storage compartment Press on the rear edge of the compartment door to open The storage compartment may be used to secure sunglasses or a similar object CENTER CONSOLE Your vehicle may be equipped with a variety
135. d wear away the clearcoat finish over time e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 available from your authorized dealer 253 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Cleaning ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser ZC 20 on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo CXC 66 A Cover the highlighted areas to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is running water in the running engine may cause internal damage 2 3L 14 ENGINE 254 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Cleaning 3 0L DOHC ENGINE PLASTIC NON PAINTED EXTERIOR PARTS Use only approved products to clean plastic parts These products are available from your authorized dealer e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e If tar or grease spot
136. d with a full message center refer to Setup menu in the Message center section of the Driver Controls chapter If your vehicle is equipped with a mini message center see your authorized dealer for temperature conversion MAX A C setting In order to achieve maximum cooling performance press W A C amp and set the temperature to 60 F 16 C and the highest blower setting 1 G47 Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster and demister vents Can be used to clear thin ice or fog from the windshield To exit G select another mode 2 Fan speed control Press to manually increase or decrease the fan speed To return to automatic fan operation press AUTO 3 8G Rear defroster Press to defrost the rear window Refer to Rear window defroster in this section for more information If your vehicle is equipped with both rear defroster and heated mirrors the same button will activate both 4 Passenger heated seat control Press to heat the passenger seat Press once to activate high heat two indicator lights Press again to activate low heat one indicator light Press again to deactivate the passenger heated seat 49 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Climate Controls 5 Y Distributes air through the windshield defroster ducts demister outlets and the front and rear seat floor ducts The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging 6 A Distrib
137. damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system If a staining liquid like coffee juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Apply Motorcraft Deluxe Leather and Vinyl Cleaner ZC 11 A In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner CXC 101 to the wiped area and spread around evenly 3 Apply more Motorcraft cleaner to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth INTERIOR For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover ZC 14 In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner CXC 101 e If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the e
138. der 8 FOLDER gt In folder mode press FOLDER P to access next folder on MP3 discs if available 9 lt Q FOLDER In folder mode press lt q FOLDER to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available 10 FF Fast forward Press FF to manually advance in a CD MP3 track 11 REW Rewind Press REW to manually reverse in a CD MP3 track 26 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems 12 Memory presets To set a station select the desired frequency band AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station Press and hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET SAVED appears in the display You can save up to 18 stations six in AM six in FM1 and FM2 In satellite radio mode if equipped there are 18 available presets six each for SAT1 SAT2 and SATS To save satellite channels in your memory presets tune to the desired channel then press and hold a preset control until sound returns Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 13 TEXT SCAN In radio and EA CD MP3 mode press and hold for a brief sampling of radio stations or CD tracks Press again to stop In MP3 mode press and release to display track title artist name and disc title In satellite radio mode if equipped press and release to enter TEXT MODE and display the current song title While in TEXT MODE press again to scroll through
139. dren age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by the vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death 152 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision which may result in serious injury or death WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a collision WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury WARNING Never place
140. e Disengaging speed control To disengage the speed control e Tap the brake pedal or clutch pedal if equipped Disengaging the speed control will not erase previous set speed 76 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Resuming a set speed Press the RESUME control and release it This will automatically return the vehicle to the previously set speed Increasing speed while using speed control There are two ways to set a higher speed e Press and hold the SET control until you get to the desired speed then release the control You can also use the SET control to operate the Tap Up function Press and release this control to increase the vehicle set speed in small amounts by 1 mph 1 6 km h e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the desired speed When the vehicle reaches that speed press and release the SET control Reducing speed while using speed control There are two ways to reduce a set speed e Press and hold the SET control until you get to the desired speed then release the control You can also use the SET control to operate the Tap Down function Press and release this control to decrease the vehicle set speed in small amounts by 1 mph 1 6 km h Depress the brake pedal until the desired vehicle speed is reached and press the SET control 77 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Turning off speed con
141. e Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Location Rating 1 60A SJB power feed fuses 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 C B 11 227 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Location Rating Powertrain power PCM relay coil PB Not sed S O 40A Rear window defroster Heated mirrors Po TOA LABS pump S O oo oo 0A Wipers S po Noted S pT Noted S O pS Noted S O 19 40A Logic feed to SJB solid state devices p20 Noted S O po Noted S O 23 10A PCM KAM FNR5 and canister vent solenoid e ios o 6 P39 iN used 228 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Pere ree PB Noted S O PAC Noted o O P85 Noted oo O 37 1A One Touch Integrated Start fens cae P88 Noted oo P89 Noted S pO Notused S O p50 Not used 51 Not used 52 Blower relay 53 Notused Wiper RUN relay High Current PETA Pump PZEV Relay Mini fuses Al fuses A8 fuses 229 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies CHANGING THE TIRES If you get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Note The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use To restore the
142. e W control to unlock all _ doors D e Press the control to lock all doors e Smart locks This feature attempts to help prevent you from locking yourself out of the vehicle if your key is still in the ignition When you open one of the front doors and you lock the vehicle with the power door lock control on the driver or passenger door trim panel all the doors will lock then all doors will automatically unlock reminding you that your key is still in the ignition The vehicle can still be locked with the key in the ignition using the manual lock control on the door locking the driver s door with a key or using the lock control on the remote entry transmitter portion of your Integrated Keyhead Transmitter If both front doors are closed the vehicle can be locked from any method regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not Power door lock unlock inhibit feature As a theft deterrent the power door lock controls and the interior trunk release control can be disabled 20 seconds after the ignition has been turned to the off position and the vehicle is locked using any of the following e Remote entry transmitter portion of your Integrated Keyhead Transmitter e Keyless entry keypad if equipped or e Driver power door lock control Note The driver s door must be open then closed The door lock controls are reenabled when any of the following occurs e Unlock using the remote entry transmi
143. e and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability For this reason Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts such as lift kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device such as ladder or luggage racks Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to heavy off highway usage DRIVING THROUGH WATER If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly especially when the depth is not known Never drive through o water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely da
144. e is disarmed immediately after the ignition is turned to the on position The theft indicator will illuminate for three seconds and then go out If the theft indicator stays on for an extended period of time or flashes rapidly have the system serviced by your authorized dealer 107 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security Replacement Integrated Keyless Transmitters IKT and coded keys Note Your vehicle comes equipped with two Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs The IKT functions as both a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle as well as a remote keyless entry transmitter A maximum of eight coded keys can be programmed to your vehicle only four of these eight keys can be IKTs with remote entry functionality If your IKTs or standard SecuriLock coded keys are lost or stolen and you don t have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer The key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will need to be programmed Replacing coded keys can be very costly Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences Please visit an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming spare keys You can program your own Integrated Keyhead Transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle This procedure will program both
145. e later in this chapter for further information 18 amp CD eject To eject a disc E gt from the system press amp Select the correct slot number using memory presets 1 6 When ready the system will eject the disc and the display will read REMOVE CD If the disc is not removed in 15 seconds the system will reload the disc To auto eject up to 6 CDs press and hold 4 until the system begins ejecting all loaded discs If the discs are not removed the system will reload the discs d 36 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems 19 CD slot When prompted by the system insert a CD label side up Auxiliary input jack Line in WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Your vehicle is equipped with an Auxiliary Input Jack AIJ The Auxiliary Input Jack provides a way to connect your portable music player to the in vehicle audio E system This allows the audio from a portable music player to be played through the vehicle speakers with high fidelity To achieve optimal performance please observe the following instructions wh
146. e power point s over the vehicle capacity of 12 VDC 180W If the power point or cigar lighter socket is not working a fuse may have blown Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter for information on checking and replacing fuses To have full capacity usage of your power point the engine is required to be running to avoid unintentional discharge of the battery To prevent the battery from being discharged e do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running e do not leave battery chargers video game adapters computers and other devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods Always keep the power point caps closed when not being used Cigar Cigarette lighter if equipped Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigarette lighter socket Do not hold the lighter in with your hand while it is heating this will damage the lighter element and socket The lighter will be released from its heating position when it is ready to be used Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty POWER WINDOWS WARNING Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the window openin
147. e the condition of the system Refer to the Warning lights and chimes section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light same light e P for front and side airbag system will either flash or stay lit IN e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and or light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Seat mounted side airbag system fe WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback 144 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide
148. e the system inspected by your authorized dealer 184 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Low Tire Pressure Possible cause Customer Action Required Warning Light Flashing Warning Spare tire in Your temporary spare tire is in Light use use Repair the damaged road wheel and re mount it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description of how the system functions under these conditions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If your tires are properly malfunction inflated and your spare tire is not in use and the TPMS warning light still flashes have the system inspected by your authorized dealer When inflating your tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the Tire Pressure Monitoring System may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 82 km h for the light to turn OFF after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How temperature affects your tire pressure The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase approximately 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary over night with the outside temperature significantly lower
149. eak in period cccccccseceeeees 5 BUS rnanan eann 58 C Capacities for refilling fluids 299 Cassette tape player 21 Cell phone USE sgrirsrienisarirg 7 Changing a tire 0 230 Child safety seats 0 000 154 attaching with tether straps 160 TN ATONE SCAG seenen 154 307 Index IN rear SEAL v chesdeedenssasdnesaevesdaced 154 THATCH e a 157 recommendations ccc8 152 Child safety seats booster LEN ESEA A EAE 162 Cleaning your vehicle engine compartment 254 instrument panel 00 256 INGETIOL asis secadevsesaeccceets cevesieias 257 plastic parts wo eee 255 WASHING arinnar i 252 WAXING seretii iekaisis 253 WEES ainese enana 253 wiper blades ccccssceeeenes 256 Climate control see Air conditioning or Heating 47 49 CLOCK rerne 71 Clock adjust 6 CD DASH seyetceescscouhsahectiesies 31 AM FM CD ooo eeecccccccccceseeereees 23 Clutch BIG nrin 290 operation while driving 211 recommended shift speeds 212 Compass electronic set zone adjustment 84 CONSOLE sivicdercedarssecsaketeavsce saiwvisaass 70 Overhead airsean 70 Controls POWEF Seat epe e RO 117 steering column ceeeeeeee 78 Coolant checking and adding 272 refill capacities 276 299 specifications sersssrissniisss 299 Cruise control see Speed control 75 Cupholder s cccccccccceseeeeee
150. ed dealer as soon as possible FUEL LEVEL LOW Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Refer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter CHECK PARK AID if equipped Displayed when the transmission is in R Reverse and the Reverse Sensing System Park Aid is disabled Refer to Reverse Sensing System Park Aid in this section to enable LOW TIRE PRESSURE Displayed when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating your tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter 89 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR FAULT Displayed when the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer TRUNK AJAR Displayed when the trunk is not completely closed REMOVE OBJECTS NEAR PASS SEAT Displayed when objects are by the pass
151. ed that steel wheels of the same size and specifications be used as chains may chip aluminum wheels Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains e Use only SAE class S cables or equivalent on the front axle for P205 60R16 equipped vehicles SAE class S chains or other conventional link chains may cause damage to the vehicles wheel house and or body e Do not install tire chains cables or optional traction devices on the rear tires This could cause damage to the vehicle s wheel house or body e Do not use tire chains cables or optional traction devices with optional P225 50R17 or P225 45R18 tires Install cable chains securely verifying that the cables do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines Drive cautiously If you hear the cables rub or bang against your vehicle stop and re tighten the cables If this does not work remove the cables to prevent damage to your vehicle If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle Remove the tire cables when they are no longer needed Do not use tire cables on dry roads e The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains e Do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h with tire cables on your vehicle 186 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading VEHICLE LOADING This section will guide you in the proper loading of your v
152. ed to on 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus The Belt Minder feature will not activate The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled 131 Seating and Safety Restraints The following are reasons most often given for not wearing safety belts All statistics based on U S data Reasons given Consider Crashes are rare events 36700 crashes occur every day The more we drive the more we are exposed to rare events even for good drivers 1 in 4 of us will be seriously injured in a crash during our lifetime Tm not going far 3 of 4 fatal crashes occur within 25 miles 40 km of home Belts are uncomfortable We design our safety belts to enhance comfort If you are uncomfortable try different positions for the safety belt upper anchorage and seatback which should be as upright as possible this can improve comfort T was in a hurry Prime time for an accident Belt Minder reminds us to take a few seconds to buckle up Safety belts don t work Safety belts wh
153. ed whenever the oil filter drain plug is removed Reuse of the O rings may cause engine oil leakage and may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the O rings are not replaced Ford production and Motorcraft replacement oil filters are designed for added engine protection and long life If a replacement oil filter is used that does not meet Ford material and design specifications start up engine noises or knock may be experienced It is recommended you use the appropriate Motorcraft oil filter or another with equivalent performance for your engine application BATTERY Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service If your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water 270 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store
154. ediately by your authorized dealer Normal braking is still functional unless the brake warning light also is illuminated Airbag readiness If this light fails o to illuminate when the ignition is turned to on continues to flash or SIN remains on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer A chime will also sound when a malfunction in the supplemental restraint system has been detected Safety belt Reminds you to fasten your safety belt A Belt Minder chime will also sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt Refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter to activate deactivate the Belt Minder chime feature Anti lock brake system If the ABS light stays illuminated or ABs Charging system Illuminates when the battery is not charging properly Engine oil pressure Illuminates when the oil pressure falls below the TO normal range refer to Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter 12 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Instrument Cluster AdvanceTrac Traction Control if equipped Iluminates when the AdvanceTrac Traction Control is active If the light remains on have the system serviced immediately refer to the Driving chapter for more information Illuminates when your tire pressure is low If the light remains on at start up or while driving the tire pressure should be checked Refer to Inflating your tires in the Ti
155. eduling allowing both upshifts and downshifts at a higher overall RPM to provide optimum engine braking e Is not intended for use under extended or normal driving conditions and results in lower fuel economy If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat 210 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving MANUAL TRANSMISSION OPERATION IF EQUIPPED Using the clutch Manual transmission vehicles have a starter interlock that prevents cranking the engine unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed To start the vehicle 1 Make sure the parking brake is fully set 2 Press the clutch pedal to the floor then put the gearshift lever in the neutral position 3 Start the engine 4 Press the brake pedal and move the gearshift lever to the desired gear 1 First or R Reverse 5 Release the parking brake then slowly release the clutch pedal while slowly pressing on the accelerator During each shift the clutch pedal must be fully depressed to the floor Make sure the floor mat i
156. efore exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact a regional office or owner relations customer relationship office The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U S If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Central America the Caribbean or the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 813 594 4857 FAX 813 390 0804 Email expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer employees cannot help you they can direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate outside of the U S or Can
157. ehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover 187 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Example only TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT 2 REAR 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE me s nomen ee OWNERS a MANUAL FOR 200 KPA 29 Ps ADDITIONAL SPARE 7145 80D16 420 KPA 60PSI INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXX XX XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRE AND LOAD INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS RELATIFS AUX PNEUS ET LA CHARGE SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL xX REAR x NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg La charge du v hicule occupants et bagages ne doit jamais d passer XXX Ibs SZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE ais osons eis irran romene nunc LT225 75R 16 5E 200 KPA 29 PSI INFORMATION REAR CONSULTER LE GUIDE ARAIERE 1225 75R 16 5E 200 KPA 29 PSI Lage PN DE T145 80016 420 KPA 60 PSI AMPLES P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXX XX XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXXKXXKXXK Cargo Weight i
158. ehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your v
159. em gets wet the vehicle may stall Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud As when you are driving over sand apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels If the vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle If the engine transmission AWD System components or axles are submerged in water their fluids should be checked and changed if necessary Driving through deep water may damage the engine or transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant and PTU Power Transfer Unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components Tread Lightly is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas Ford Motor Company joins the U S Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and
160. ement use only the Motorcraft air filter element listed Refer to Motorcraft part numbers in this chapter 295 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications A WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running Changing the air filter element e 2 3L I4 engine e 3 0L DOHC V6 Duratec engine 1 Release the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover 2 Carefully separate the two halves of the air filter housing e 2 3L I4 engine E l Lg H p 296 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 3 0L DOHC V6 Duratec engine 3 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 4 Wipe the air filter housing and cover clean to remove any dirt or debris and to ensure good sealing 5 Install a new air filter element Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated 6 Replace the air filter housing cover and secure the clamps Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used
161. ems with the remote entry system make sure to take ALL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters with you to the authorized dealer in order to aid in troubleshooting the problem Unlocking the doors two stage unlock f 1 Press and release to unlock the driver s door Note The interior lamps will illuminate 2 Press C and release again within five seconds to unlock all the doors The remote entry system activates the illuminated entry feature this feature turns on the lamps for 25 seconds or until the ignition is turned to the on position The inside lights will not turn off if e they have been turned on using the dimmer control or e any door is open The battery saver feature will turn off the interior lamps 30 minutes after the ignition is turned to the off position Two stage unlocking may be disabled or re enabled by simultaneously pressing the and amp controls on the IKT for four seconds disabling two stage unlock allows all vehicle doors to unlock simultaneously The turn lamps will flash twice to indicate that two stage unlock was enabled or disabled 100 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security Locking the doors amp 1 Press and release to lock all the doors The turn lamps will flash 2 Press and release again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed Note The doors will lock again the horn will chirp and the turn lamps will flash once if all the doors and t
162. en attaching your portable music device to the audio system If your vehicle is equipped with a navigation system refer to Auxiliary input jack section in the Audio features chapter of your Navigation system supplement Required equipment 1 Any portable music player designed to be used with headphones 2 An audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 in 3 5 mm connectors at each end To play your portable music player using the auxiliary input jack 1 Begin with the vehicle parked and the radio turned off 2 Ensure that the battery in your portable music player is new or fully charged and that the device is turned off 3 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end of the audio extension cable to the AIJ in your vehicle 4 Turn the radio on using either a tuned FM station or a CD loaded into the system Adjust the volume to a comfortable listening level 37 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems 5 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to 1 2 the volume 6 Press AUX on the vehicle radio repeatedly until LINE LINE IN or SYNC LINE IN appears in the display You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls Troubleshooting
163. en used properly reduce risk of death to front seat occupants by 45 in cars and by 60 in light trucks Traffic is light Nearly 1 of 2 deaths occur in single vehicle crashes many when no other vehicles are around Belts wrinkle my clothes Possibly but a serious crash can do much more than wrinkle your clothes particularly if you are unbelted The people I m with don t Set the example teen deaths occur 4 wear belts times more often in vehicles with TWO or MORE people Children and younger brothers sisters imitate behavior they see 132 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Reasons given Consider T have an airbag Airbags offer greater protection when used with safety belts Frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in rear and side crashes or rollovers Td rather be thrown clear Not a good idea People who are ejected are 40 times more likely to DIE Safety belts help prevent ejection WE CAN T PICK OUR CRASH WARNING Do not sit on top of a buckled safety belt or insert a latchplate into the buckle to avoid the Belt Minder chime To do so may adversely affect the performance of the vehicle s air bag system One time disable If at any time the driver front passenger quickly buckles then unbuckles the safety belt for that seating position the Belt Minder is disabled for the current ignition cycle The Belt Minder feature
164. enger seat After the objects are moved away from the seat if the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer INTKEY COULD NOT PROGRAM Displayed when an attempt is made to program a fifth Integrated Key to the Remote Key Entry System For more information on Integrated Key refer to Locks and Security chapter in this manual COMPASS ERROR if equipped Displayed when the compass is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible INTERIOR TRUNK CONTROL Press the remote trunk release control on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel 90 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security KEYS Your vehicle is equipped with two Integrated Keyhead Transmitters C KTs The IKT functions as both a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle and a remote keyless entry transmitter lg NS oe CS Your IKTs are programmed to your vehicle using a non programmed key will not permit your vehicle to start If you lose your authorized dealer supplied IKTs replacement IKTs are available through your authorized dealer Standard SecuriLock keys without remote entry transmitter functionality can also be purchased from your authorized dealer if desired Always carry a spare key with you in case of an emergency For more information regarding programming repl
165. er the electrical system may be wet These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly tightening the fuel cap or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the Service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time the engine is started A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the Service engine soon indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the Service engine soon Cc indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs 288 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the Service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some
166. er belts All of the passenger combination lap and shoulder belts have two types of locking modes described below Vehicle sensitive mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers Automatic locking mode How to use the automatic locking mode e Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt e Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out e Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode 127 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints When to use the automatic locking mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible Refe
167. erating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing the above driving cycle will have to be repeated POWER STEERING FLUID Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the service interval schedules 289 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 2 3L 14 Engine e 3 0L V6 Engine 1 Start the engine and let it run until it reaches normal operating temperature the engine coolant temperature gauge indicator will be near the center of the normal area between H and C 2 While the engine idles turn the steering wheel left and right several times 3 Turn the engine off 4 Check the fluid level in the reservoir It should be between the MIN MAX or upper and lower lines Do not add fluid if the level is in this range 5 If the fluid is low add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it reaches the range between the MIN MAX or upper and lower lines Be sure to put the cap back on the reservoir Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter for the proper fluid type BRAKE CLUTCH FLUID Brake and clutch systems are supplied from the same reservoir 290 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications The fluid level will drop slowly as the brakes wear and will rise when the brake components are replaced
168. ert Fasten Safety Belt Airbag Side Brake Fluid Non Petroleum Based EL Master Lighting Switch 6 Ts Fog Lamps Front Fuel Pump Reset Windshield Defrost Demist 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus See Owner s Guide Airbag Front Child Seat Lower Anchor Brake System Parking Brake System Parking Aid System Speed Control Hazard Warning Flasher Fuse Compartment Windshield Wash Wipe Rear Window Defrost Demist Ad ry gt J 2 OOG eu oe 2 Introduction Vehicle Symbol Glossary Bones Windows AB Power Window Lockout BAY Front Rear Child Safety Door Interior Luggage A Lock Unlock Compartment Release Panic Alarm s Engine Oil A Engine Coolant Temperature E yr Engine Coolant icy ON COP Do Not Open When Hot A Battery Avoid Smoking Flames or Sparks Battery Acid Explosive Gas Fan Warning Power Steering Fluid Maintain Correct Eiig Cah 8 gt L Level Service Engine Soon Engine Air Filter Pea Compartment o gt bd Jack lt gt 0 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Instrument Cluster WARNING LIGHTS AND CHIMES TRIP 8 RESET 3 4 Optional instrument cluster Warning lights and gauges can alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious enough to cause extensive repairs A warning light may illuminate when a problem exists with one of your vehicle s functions Many lights will illuminate when yo
169. es 121 308 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Customer Assistance 221 Ford Extended Service AUN EAN E PE E AAA 248 Getting assistance outside the U S and Canada 00000 249 Getting roadside assistance 221 Getting the service you S a E E E A E T E 244 Ordering additional owner s Hter t re o ennnen 250 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program secies e 248 D Daytime running lamps see Lamps ccccccesscceeeseeeeee 54 Dipstick automatic transmission PLING DATE E EE 291 293 engine Oll iss casecessnrecsesrecvecensagcrsed 265 Driving under special conditions siisii 210 216 218 STEN aO MTE A E TE 217 SNOW ANG 1CE sssicscxesssesassascesiasd 219 through water o n 217 220 E Electronic message center 81 Emergencies roadside jJump starting 0 ee 236 Emission control system 287 PINGING sonene 302 CLEANING aeiae 254 coolant seoran 272 fail safe cooling ee 277 idle speed control 000 270 lubrication specifications 299 refill capacities cccceees 299 service points sesse 262 263 starting after a collision 223 Engine block heater 196 Engine Oil sanp ae 265 change oil soon warning message Center eee 265 checking and adding 265 ID SUCK siscenecustysenereasta eesaunee acts 265 filter specifications 269 297 recommendations c ccce 269 refi
170. essory position and the driver door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being transitioned to the off or accessory position Note The doors will not autounlock if the vehicle has been electronically locked before the driver door is opened Note The autounlock feature is disabled on vehicles equipped with a manual transmission Deactivating activating autounlock feature Your vehicle comes with the autounlock features activated there are three methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authorized dealer e by using a power door unlock lock sequence or e by using the keyless entry keypad if equipped Note The autounlock feature can be activated deactivated independently of the autolock feature Before starting ensure the ignition is in the off position and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated wait a minimum of 30 seconds before beginning again 1 Place the key in the ignition and _ turn the ignition to the on position E 2 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times A 3 Turn the ignition from the on 7 position to the off position 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 96 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security 5 Turn the ignition back to the on position The horn will chirp one
171. etal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar spare tirve wheel information section for description Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For Full Size and Dissimilar spare tires see the Dissimilar spare tire wheel information section for description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges TIRE CARE Inspecting your tires Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check for holes or cuts that may permit air leakage from the tire and make necessary repairs Also inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are
172. eters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e towing Ford Mercury Lincoln eligible vehicle towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 3 km of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 3 km from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 3 km Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services 221 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies Canadian customers refer to your Customer Information Guide for information on e coverage period exact fuel amounts towing of your disabled vehicle emergency travel expense reimbursement travel planning benefits In Canada for uninterrupted Roadside Assistance coverage you may purchase extended coverage prior to your Basic Warranty s Roadside Assistance expiring For more information and enrollment contact 1 877 294 2582 or visit our website at www ford ca Using roadside assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference In the United States this card is found in the Owner Guide portfolio in the glove compartment In Canada
173. from the vehicle 232 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies Tire change procedure WARNING To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure the parking brake is set then block in both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end of the vehicle to the tire being changed WARNING If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured WARNING Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked 1 Block both the front and rear of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire For example if the left O a front tire is flat block the right rear Z Z wheel 2 Remove the center ornament if equipped from the wheel Loosen each wheel lug nut one half turn counterclockwise but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground 233 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Put the jack in the jack locator next to the tire you are changing Turn the jack handle clockwise until the wheel is completely off the ground Note To avoid structural damage to the vehicle ensure that the jack is centered between the two markings 1 on t
174. fus Seating and Safety Restraints Combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming r from until you hear a snap and feel Kk r C it latch Make sure the tongue is i e securely fastened in the buckle Na D 2 To unfasten push the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle N All restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts While you are fastened in the safety belt the combination lap shoulder belt adjusts to your movement However if you brake hard turn hard or if your vehicle receives an impact of 5 mph 8 km h or more the safety belt will become locked and help reduce your forward movement Energy management feature front outboard e This vehicle has a safety belt system with an energy management feature at the front seats to help further reduce the risk of injury in the event of a head on collision The energy management feature has a retractor assembly that is designed to extend the safety belt webbing in a controlled manner This helps reduce the belt force acting on the user s chest WARNING Failure to inspect and replace if necessary the belt and retractor assembly after an accident could increase the risk of injury in a collision 126 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and should
175. ge automatic temperature control press AUTO and select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system will automatically determine fan speed airflow location A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the desired temperature 16 EXT Press to display outside temperature Press again to display cabin temperature settings 50 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Climate Controls Automatic Temperature Control ATC system operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather place the air flow selector in the 7 position To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system OFF or with recirculated air gt engaged and A C off e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the A C cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until the vehicle has been aired out During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods of time in gear it is recommended to run the A C in the MAX A C mode reduce blower fan speed from the highest setting and put the vehicle s transmission into the PARK gear position automatic transmission only to continue to receive cool air from your A C system e F
176. gh mount brake lamp bulb 1 Make sure the ignition control is in the off position 2 Open the trunk and reach underneath package tray to locate lamp assembly 3 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pulling it out of the lamp assembly 4 Pull the bulb straight from the socket and push in the new bulb 5 Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly by rotating it clockwise Replacing license plate lamp bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position 2 Remove the two screws from the license plate lamp assembly i emm eg 3 Remove bulb socket by turning counterclockwise 4 Carefully pull the bulb out from the socket Install new bulb s in reverse order 66 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Replacing fog lamp bulbs if equipped 1 Make sure the fog lamp switch is in the off position 2 From underneath the vehicle partially remove the tire splash shield by removing four drive screws After removing to allow free access to the front fog lamp bulb and electrical wire harness the splash shield flap should be able to be repositioned 3 Rotate the harness bulb assembly counterclockwise to remove from the fog lamp 4 Carefully disconnect the bulb from the harness assembly via the two snap clips Install the new bulb in reverse order 67 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls MULTI FUNCT
177. gs 72 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Press and pull the window switches to open and close windows e Push down to the first detent all G and hold the switch to open AUTO e Pull up to the first detent and hold the switch to close Rear Window Buffeting When one or both of the rear windows are open the vehicle may demonstrate a wind throb or buffeting noise This noise can be alleviated by lowering a front window approximately 2 3 inches 5 8 cm One touch down Allows the driver s window to open fully without holding the control down Push the switch completely down to the second detent and release quickly The window will open fully Momentarily press the switch to any position to stop the window operation Window lock The window lock feature allows only the driver to operate the power windows To lock out all the window controls except for the driver s press the right side of the control Press the left side to restore the window controls Accessory delay With accessory delay the window switches audio system and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off or until either front door is opened 73 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls INTERIOR MIRROR The interior rear view mirror has two pivot points on the support arm which lets you adjust the mi
178. he 1 off position and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 Within 20 seconds of turning the ignition to the 1 off position and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new unprogrammed key new key valet key into the ignition 8 Turn the ignition from the 1 off position to the 3 on position Keep the ignition in the 3 on position for at least six seconds 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the vehicle s engine and will operate the remote entry system if the new key is an Integrated Keyhead Transmitter The theft indicator light will illuminate for three seconds and then go out to indicate successful programming If the key was not successfully programmed it will not start your vehicle s engine and or will not operate the remote entry features The theft indicator light may flash on and off Wait 20 seconds and you may repeat Steps 1 through 8 If failure repeats bring your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the new key s programmed To program additional new unprogrammed key s wait 20 seconds and then repeat this procedure from Step 1 109 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security PERIMETER ALARM SYSTEM The perimeter anti theft system will help protect your vehicle from unauthorized entry If there is any potential perimeter anti theft problem with
179. he Maintenance product specifications and capacities section of this chapter The advertised capacity is the amount of the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the small amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the engine ignition switch to the off position prior to refueling an error in the reading will result if the engine is left running e Use the same filling rate setting dow medium high each time the tank is filled e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling e Always use fuel with the recommended octane rating e Use a known quality gasoline preferably a national brand e Use the same side of the same pump and have the vehicle facing the same direction each time you fill up 284 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Have the vehicle loading and distribution the same every time Your results will be m
180. he bottom of the rocker flange WARNING To lessen the risk of personal injury do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while changing a tire Do not start the engine when your vehicle is on the jack The jack is only meant for changing the tire Oo KS L NMG Kx T TEES 4 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench 5 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered If you are using the temporary tire the lug nut washers will not appear to be flush with the rim This is normal only when using the temporary spare tire 6 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise 234 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies 7 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown Refer to Wheel lug nut torque specifications later in this chapter for the proper lug nut torque specification 8 Unblock the wheels Stowing the wheel and jack 1 Fully collapse the jack and place it back in the storage area in the trunk 2 Replace the jack retention bolt to secure the jack 3 Place the tire in the storage bin in the trunk 4 Replace the cover plate and bolt e When storing a flat road tire flip the cover plate over and use the long bolt e When s
181. he vehicle will still operate However e The engine power will be limited e The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down causing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be re started Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage When fail safe mode is activated You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution The vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 5 Re start the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance
182. heck the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag status Refer to Front passenger sensing system section for additional details Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system 117 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion Move the switch in the direction of the arrows to raise or lower the 4 front portion of the seat cushion Move the switch in the direction of the arrows to raise or lower the rear 4 portion of the seat cushion Press the switch in the direction of the arrows to move the seat forward backward up or down Heated seats if equipped WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may
183. hen the song appears in the display that you would like to delete press OK The song will appear in the display for confirmation Press OK again and the display will read SONG DELETED If you do not want to delete the currently listed song press A IV to select either RETURN or CANCEL Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS e DELETE ALL SONGS Press OK to delete all song s from the system s memory The display will read ARE YOU SURE Press OK to confirm deletion of all saved songs and the display will read ALL DELETED Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS e ENABLE ALERTS DISABLE ALERTS Press OK to enable disable the satellite alert status which alerts you when your selected songs are playing on a satellite radio channel The system default is disabled SONG ALERTS ENABLED DISABLED will appear in the display The menu listing will display the opposite state For example if you have chosen to enable the song alerts the menu listing will read DISABLE as the alerts are currently on so your other option is to turn them off Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability Setting the clock If your vehicle is equipped with an in dash clock refer to Clock in the Driver Controls chapter for instructions on how to set the time If your vehicle is not equipped with an in dash cl
184. hicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate activate the Belt Minder feature while driving the vehicle 1 Turn the ignition switch to the on position DO NOT START THE ENGINE 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off Approximately 1 2 minutes e Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off 3 For the seating position being disabled at a moderate speed buckle then unbuckle the safety belt nine times ending in the unbuckled state Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off e After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will be turned on for three seconds 4 Within approximately seven seconds of the light turning off buckle then unbuckle the safety belt e This will disable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled As confirmation the safety belt warning light will flash four times per second for three seconds e This will enable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled As confirmation the safety belt warning light will flash four times per second for three seconds followed by three seconds with the light off then followed by the safety belt warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds again 134 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints AIRBAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS
185. hing the interior of the vehicle Recirculation engages automatically with selection of MAX A C or can be engaged manually in any other airflow selection except defrost Recirculation may turn off automatically in all airflow selections except MAX A C 5 A C Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in MAX A C Q defrost and GA floor defrost Cannot be disabled in MAX A C mode 45 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Climate Controls 6 Fan speed adjustment Controls the volume of air circulated in the vehicle Manual heating and air conditioning system operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather place the air flow selector in the 47 position To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the airflow selector in the O OFF position or with recirculated air engaged and A C off e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the A C cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until the vehicle has been aired out During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods of time in gear it is recommended to run the A C in the MAX A
186. his switch may have been activated The fuel pump shut off switch is located in the front passenger footwell area in the right upper corner To reset the switch 1 Turn the ignition to the off position 2 Check the fuel system for leaks 3 If no leaks are apparent reset the switch by pushing in on the reset button 4 Turn the ignition to the on position 5 Wait a few seconds and return the key to off position 6 Make another check for leaks FUSES AND RELAYS Fuses If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate 15 fuses before replacing any electrical components Note Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire 223 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies Standard fuse amperage rating and color COLOR Standard Cartridge Fuse link maxi fuses cartridge fuses Violet Vioet 4A Pik Piw a 5A Blue Bue D J Green Passenger compartment fuse panel The fuse panel is located below and to the left of the steering wheel by the brake pedal Remove the panel cover to access the fuses
187. ian CPST and your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in the vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child 150 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children 5 dj l Recommended Child size height weight or age TRTE Children weighing 40 lb 18 kg or less generally age four or younger Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 lbs 18 kg and 80 lbs 36 kg and upward to 100 Ibs 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt positioning booster seat generally children who are at least 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or greater than 80 lb 86 kg or 100 Ib Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Use a belt positioning booster seat Use a vehicle safety bel
188. icle and the occupants potentially including information such as e how various systems in your vehicle were operating whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled how far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Introduction e how fast the vehicle was traveling and e where the driver was positioning the steering wheel To access this information special equipment must be directly connected to the recording modules Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada Cell phone use The use of Mobile Communications Equipment has become increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However drivers must not compromise their own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile Communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile Communication Equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email
189. ide USA fus Locks BULLOCK ENA EA 94 CHIAPLOOE ccssesisccscteesaccsscseeecioecss 97 GOOTS ponunt rA n AEREA 93 Lubricant specifications 299 LUS NULS siraan an aae 235 Lumbar support seats 115 M Manual transmission 211 fluid capacities 000 299 lubricant specifications 299 reverse ccecceeeeeessesessssseseeeeeees 212 Message center ccccee 81 82 english metric button 87 system check button 86 warning Messages ccce 88 MarrOTs vss ssusorvadianendtasedsvceniis 74 75 automatic dimming rearview TRITON seca descesdees din sabisesessaaveaeerncets 74 heated cceesesseceeeeeeeenees 75 side view mirrors power 75 Moon roof cc cccccceeceeesesteeeees 80 Motorcraft parts 259 278 297 N Navigation system c eeee 44 o Octane Tating 2 5 ssc dese vechocsanees 282 Oil see Engine oil 0 265 P Parking brake syerossissssnoirn 199 Parts see Motorcraft parts 297 Passenger Occupant Classification Sensor 122 Power distribution box see FUSES o ececscessessceeeeseeees 227 Power door locks c0000seee 93 Power MULTOLS ooo ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 75 Power DOME dessiss series teh ened 71 Power steering 00 205 206 fluid checking and adding 289 fluid refill capacity sser 299 fluid specifications 299 Power Windows
190. if you have set your own personal code Erasing personal code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad and release 3 Press and hold the 1 e 2 for two seconds This must be done within five seconds of completing Step 2 All personal codes are now erased and only the factory set 5 digit code will work Anti scan feature If the wrong code has been entered seven times 35 consecutive button presses the keypad will go into an anti scan mode This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash 105 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security The anti scan feature will turn off after e one minute of keypad inactivity e pressing the m control on the remote entry transmitter portion of your Integrated Keyhead Transmitter e the ignition is turned on Unlocking and locking the doors using keyless entry To unlock the driver s door enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code Each number must be pressed within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate Note If the two stage unlocking feature is disabled all doors will unlock for more information regarding two stage unlocking refer to the Unlocking the doors Two stage unlock section earlier in this chapter To unlock all doors enter the factory set code or your personal code then press the 3 e 4 control within five seconds To open the
191. ime 1 square cm sized glob of grease around the wheel pilot surface 1 with end of finger DO NOT apply grease to lugnut stud holes or wheel to brake surfaces JUMP STARTING WARNING The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage 236 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies Preparing your vehicle When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the automatic transmission must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may have firm and or soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation 1 Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle 2 Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 3 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay cle
192. in this chapter To avoid potential transmission damage at extremely cold temperatures below 20 F 30 C it is recommended that the vehicle be warmed up to normal operating temperature before driving at highway speeds above 50 mph 80 km h Normal operating temperature is normally reached after 10 minutes of moderate driving or idling WARNING Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire 193 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving WARNING Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine See Guarding against exhaust fumes in this chapter for more instructions WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Important safety precautions When the engine starts the idle RPM runs faster to warm the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have the vehicle checked Before starting the vehicle 1 Make sure all vehicle occupants buckle their safety belts For more information on safety belts a
193. ing is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Front airbags are designed to activate in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollover side impact or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration 137 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds e g baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions swelling or temporary hearing loss Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control W
194. ing out of fuel e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds e Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts are used for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire Illumination of the Service engine soon c indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately WARNING Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment 287 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Do not
195. ings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire the fuel cap may not be properly installed Continued driving with this light on may cause the Service engine soon warning light to come on refer to Fuel filler cap in the Maintenance and Specification chapter Brake system warning light To confirm the brake system warning C light is functional it will momentarily illuminate when the B RAKE ignition is turned to the on position when the engine is not running or in a position between on and start or by applying the parking brake when the ignition is turned to the on position If the brake system warning light does not illuminate at this time seek service immediately from your authorized dealer Illumination after releasing the parking brake indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction and the brake system should be inspected immediately by your authorized dealer Check fuel cap Illuminates when wv 11 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Instrument Cluster WARNING Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury continues to flash a malfunction has been detected have the system serviced imm
196. irbag inflation The fact that the side air curtain and seat mounted side airbag did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation The side air curtain system is designed to inflate in side impact collisions not roll over rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the side air curtain has deployed the air curtain will not function again The side air curtain system including the A B and C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the air curtain is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Airbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required Any difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light same light as used for front airbag system will either flash or stay lit 149 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e The readiness light will n
197. ition is on A control in the message center allows the driver to disable the system only when the ignition is on and the gear selector is in R Reverse Refer to Message center in the Driver Controls chapter for more information Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms 214 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a full time All Wheel Drive AWD system The AWD system is an active system meaning it not only responds to wheel slip between the front and rear axles but also has the ability to anticipate wheel slip and transfer torque to the rear wheels before slip occurs The AWD system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator All components of the AWD system are sealed for life and require no maintenance If your vehicle is equipped with AWD a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided should never be used A dissimilar spare tire size other than the spare tire provided or major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could cause
198. ixture of engine coolant and distilled water as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant 274 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Add the proper mixture of coolant and water to the cooling system by following these steps 1 Before you begin turn the engine off and let it cool 2 When the engine is cool wrap a thick cloth around the coolant pressure relief cap on the coolant reservoir an opaque plastic bottle Slowly turn cap counterclockwise left until pressure begins to release 3 Step back while the pressure releases 4 When you are sure that all the pressure has been released use the cloth to turn it counterclockwise and remove the cap e 2 3L coolant bleed valve e
199. ket a into an unobstructed area to replace the bulb Passenger side only 8 Carefully pull bulb straight out of socket and push in the new one 9 After the new bulb is installed carefully let the bulb socket dangle downward near the lamp housing Passenger side only 10 From the exterior wheel well area reach arm through splash shield opening to install bulb socket with new bulb Passenger side only 11 Install new bulb socket into the lamp assembly by aligning the indexing fingers then rotate clockwise to locked position 12 Reinstall splash shield access panel with screw Passenger side only 64 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights Replacing front side marker bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position 2 Pry the lamp away from the vehicle at the rear of lamp at the wheel opening Rotate lamp from the wheel opening away from the vehicle As the lamp separates from the vehicle slide the lamp towards the wheel opening to disengage lamp 3 Rotate the lamp clockwise while holding the electrical connector in place with your other hand After rotating the lamp 90 degrees clockwise pull and disengage the wire harness and bulb from the lamp 4 With the bulb exposed carefully remove the bulb from the socket by grasping the bulb and pulling it away from the wire harness Replace with a new bulb and reverse the removal steps to complete the process Rep
200. l lamps will flash once when all doors the hood and the trunk are closed indicating the vehicle is locked and entering the 20 second countdown 110 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security Disarming the system You can disarm the system by any of the following actions e Unlock the doors by using the remote entry transmitter portion of your Integrated Keyhead Transmitter Unlocking the doors using the keyless entry keypad Cif equipped Unlock the driver s door with a key Turn the key full rearward toward the rear of the vehicle to ensure the alarm disarms e Turn ignition to the 3 on position with a valid SecuriLock key Press the panic control on the remote entry transmitter portion of your IKT This will only shut off the horn and turn lamps when the alarm is sounding The alarm system will still be armed Pressing the power door unlock control within the 20 second prearmed mode will return the vehicle to a disarmed state Triggering the anti theft system The armed system will be triggered if e Any door the hood or the trunk is opened without using the door key or the remote entry transmitter portion of your IKT e The ignition is turned to the 3 on position with an invalid SecuriLock key 111 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints SEATING WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resu
201. l regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Note Do not put washer fluid in the engine coolant reservoir Washer fluid placed in the cooling system may harm engine and cooling system components 264 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES 1 Pull the wiper arm away from the vehicle Turn the blade at an angle Y from the wiper arm Push the lock pin manually to release the blade PS and pull the wiper blade down E toward the windshield to remove it from the arm 2 Attach the new wiper to the wiper arm and press it into place until a click is heard Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield refer to Windows and wiper blades in the Cleaning chapter To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recomme
202. lacing tail brake turn signal backup lamp bulbs The tail brake turn signal and backup lamp bulbs are located in the tail lamp assembly Follow the same steps to replace either bulb 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position and open the trunk 2 Lift out trunk floor carpeting panel to access a luggage scuff plate hard molding shingles and a trunk side panel dark grey soft wheelhouse side trim panel at the lamp area 3 Carefully pull push the trunk side panel dark grey soft wheelhouse side trim panel outboard to expose the lamp assembly The most effective point to grasp the trunk side panel when pulling it out from the luggage scuff plate is at it s bottom edge where that edge meets the exposed sheet metal of the trunk floor Note Do not allow the trunk side panel to remain bent and untucked from the luggage scuff plate hard molding for a long period of time Doing so may result in permanent deformation 65 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights 4 Remove the bulb socket by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out 5 Pull the bulb from the socket and push in the new bulb 6 Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly by rotating it clockwise 7 Carefully push the trunk side panel dark grey soft wheelhouse side trim panel back to the shingle position to the luggage scuff plate hard molding 8 Install trunk floor carpeting panel Replacing hi
203. lamps should be checked by your authorized dealer Vertical aim adjustment 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away e 1 8 feet 2 4 meters e 2 Center height of lamp to ground e 3 25 feet 7 6 meters e 4 Horizontal reference line 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height a piece of masking tape works well 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other 4 On the wall or screen you will observe an area of high intensity light The top of the high intensity area should touch the horizontal reference line if not the beam will need to be adjusted using the next step 56 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise to adjust down or counterclockwise to adjust up The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line 6 Close the hood and turn off the lamps HORIZONTAL AIM IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS VEHICLE AND IS NON ADJUSTABLE TURN SIGNAL CONTROL 4D e Push
204. le is in motion USB port if equipped WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so 38 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems Your vehicle may be equipped with a USB port inside your center console This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks and also to charge devices if they support this feature For further information on this feature refer to Accessing and using your USB port in the SYNC supplement or Navigation system supplement GENERAL AUDIO INFORMATION Radio frequencies AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 7 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors There are three factors that can affect radio reception e Distance strength The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings power lines electric fences traffic lights and thunderstorms can interfere
205. lified technician 40 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems MP3 track and folder structure Your MP3 system recognizes MP3 individual tracks and folder structure as follows e There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode For more information on track and folder mode refer to Sample MP3 structure in the following section e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from T001 to a maximum of T255 Note The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present e MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder T001 track to F253 T255 Creating discs with only one level of folders will help with navigation through the disc files Sample MP3 structure If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand 0 how the system will read the structures you create While various W7 4 mp3 O files may be present files with L mp3 extensions other than mp3 only i files with the mp3 extension will be played Other files will be ignored y Jm 3 by the system This enable
206. lighting 58 Antifreeze see Engine coolant 0 272 Anti lock brake system see Brakes 0 00 198 199 Anti theft system 106 110 arming the system c068 110 disarming a triggered SYSTEM oneen a 111 PIG SONI Gs stots ever n veeeentars 111 Audio system see Radio porerne 17 21 29 Automatic transaxle fluid adding ssrin 291 fluid checking 291 Automatic transmission driving an automatic overdrive ooo 208 209 fluid adding 0 293 295 fluid checking 0 293 295 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus fluid refill capacities 299 fluid specification 0 299 Auxiliary input jack Line in 37 Axle lubricant specifications 299 B BEE A EEE ET 270 acid treating emergencies 270 jumping a disabled battery 236 maintenance free 0 cc0 270 replacement specifications 297 SOPVICING oraren EIE 270 Belt Minder cccccccceeecees 130 Booster seats cccccsscccesseeeees 162 BYak S lox scesaesesisayteeiaioesneinexencises 198 ANUIAIOCK 3 sScscessauntsseedeesstis 198 199 anti lock brake system ABS warning light eseese 199 fluid checking and adding 290 fluid refill capacities 299 fluid specifications 299 lubricant specifications 299 PACKING cesgessesiviesesedisestecastactes 199 Shift Interlock 5 2 fsdedoctdeaisen 206 Br
207. ll capacities c eee 299 Specifications ceceeeeee 299 Event data recording 06 6 Exhaust MMES seccina 196 F Fail safe cooling cee 277 Fluid capacities ee 299 POSlAINPS srir 54 Four Wheel Drive vehicles driving off road sesser 215 PUGH srani n 279 calculating fuel ECONOMY rearea eann 83 284 CANO PAE E E E ESE O E 281 CAPACI Yreene serae In EE te ecexs 299 choosing the right fuel 282 comparisons with EPA fuel economy estimates 286 detergent in fuel 283 filling your vehicle with PUG rriaren 279 281 284 filter specifications 278 297 fuel pump shut off switch 223 improving fuel economy 284 octane rating 0 ee 282 302 GUIAMEY marsta eeN 283 running out of fuel 00 00 283 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Index safety information relating to automotive fuels ccee 279 Fuel pump shut off switch 223 FUSES aiiiar 223 224 G Gas cap see Fuel cap 281 Gas mileage see Fuel economy 00008 284 GAUBES sienien onra iniii 14 H Hazard flashers serenissimi 222 Headlamp Secesio nnee 53 AMINE swevsssessocsseovsnnczeeveecevessecneess 56 autolamp system ccc00cee 53 bulb specifications 0 0 0 59 daytime running lights 54 flash tO pass wo ccecceeesseeeeeeeees 55 MeN DEAN scx ceseeasaaceasessessccseeecess 55 replaci
208. lojoq y JO UT YOUT g g UYY UOTssTuUsueT 94 SUT Aq poututteyep st Ajoedeo Yor VAIEG yeu UOLO IdV 9U PUL V OS6OZN SSM UONeoyloeds p10 Jo syuswesMbaI ayy Joour ATUO p u po uSuy ATOYepULUT JOU ST IO 1OJOUL pu jq IN YJU S IO I YJU S JO SNz apnea nod ut peddimbe ATfeurst10 adAy yuefood Y PPY Tr 29 suo es G9T 1299 suo es GL AMY ue pony AMA ued Tony J ayeryuaouoy Zy alee asm I YSEM PPUSPUM V G amp OZ UMTUIIG YLeIDIOJON i qUBoLIQN T XY Tey A eo AVS YLeIDINONW uoneIyn ds S Y pm syrenb GLP TOYSeM PTSIUSPULA 1S8 0 AMV PME Ld soouno ZI MUN Teysuel IIMOg 301 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications ENGINE DATA 2 3L I4 engine 3 0L DOHC V6 Duratec engine Required fuel 1 3 4 2 1 4 2 5 3 6 Coil on plug Coil on plug 1 25 1 35 mm 1 32 1 42 mm 9 7 1 10 0 1 Engine drivebelt routing e 2 3L 14 Engine e 3 0L V6 Engine 302 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYING YOUR VEHICLE Safety Compliance Certification Label The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO that a Safety Compliance DATE XXIKX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG Certification Label be affixed to a r WTAE N vehicle and prescribe where the wr tg Safety Compliance Certification AT XXX KPAX C PSLCOLD Label may be located The Safety THIS V
209. lting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision WARNING Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of injury in a collision or sudden stop WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Adjustable head restraints Your vehicle is equipped with front row outboard head restraints that are vertically adjustable WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in and or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion The adjustable head restraints consist of e a trimmed energy absorbing foam and structure 1 e two steel stems 2 e a guide sleeve adjust release button 3 e and a guide sleeve unlock remove button 4 112 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To adjust the head restraint do the following 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving riding position 2 Raise the head restraint by pulling up on the head restraint 3 Lower the head restraint by pressing
210. lts Check to make sure the child seat is properly secured before each use Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat 154 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints When installing a child safety seat with combination lap shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position e Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to help prevent accidental unbuckling Place vehicle seat back in upright position e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode Refer to step 5 below Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 155 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Sea
211. luid used is normally indicated on the dipstick and also in the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage If necessary add fluid in 1 2 pint 250 mL increments through the gs a filler tube until the level is correct 292 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications If an overfill occurs excess fluid should be removed by an authorized dealer An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components Checking 6 speed automatic transmission fluid if equipped Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Checking automatic transmission fluid at normal operating temperature 140 F 158 F 60 C 70 C Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive the vehicle until it is warmed up
212. ly the risk of a child being injured in a collision greatly increases Child booster seats The belt positioning booster booster seat is used to improve the fit of the vehicle safety belt Children outgrow a typical child seat e g convertible or toddler seat when they weigh about 40 lb 18 kg and are around four 4 years of age Consult your child safety seat owner guide for the weight height and age limits specific to your child safety seat Keep your child in the child safety seat if it properly fits the child remains appropriate for their weight height and age AND if properly secured to the vehicle Although the lap shoulder belt will provide some protection children who have outgrown a typical child seat are still too small for lap shoulder belts to fit properly and wearing an improperly fitted vehicle safety belt could increase the risk of serious injury in a crash To improve the fit of both the lap and shoulder belt on children who have outgrown child safety seats Ford Motor Company recommends use of a belt positioning booster 161 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Booster seats position a child so that vehicle lap shoulder safety belts fit better They lift the child up so that the lap belt rests low across the hips and the knees bend comfortably at the edge of the cushion while minimizing slouching Booster seats may also make the shoulder belt fit better and more comfortably
213. ly level during fill up e Differences in the automatic shut off points on the fuel pumps at service stations e Variations in top off procedure from one fill up to another e Rounding of the displayed values to the nearest 0 1 gallon liter 1 Drive the vehicle at least 5 miles 8 km with the speed control system engaged to display a stabilized average 2 Record the highway fuel economy for future reference It is important to press the RESET control press and hold RESET for two seconds in order to reset the function after setting the speed control to get accurate highway fuel economy readings For more information refer to Essentials of good fuel economy in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Average Speed Select this function from the INFO menu to display AVERAGE SPEED and press the RESET control press and hold RESET for two seconds in order to reset the function Your average speed from that point will be displayed until RESET is pressed and held for two seconds again Trip elapsed drive time Select this function from the INFO menu to display a timer XX XX XX To operate the Trip Elapsed Drive 000008 0 mi Time perform the following 1 Press and release RESET in order to start the timer 2 Press and release RESET to pause the timer 3 Press and hold RESET for two seconds in order to reset the timer 83 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Compass display if equipped
214. m whichever occurs first or e the remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact your dealer for details and a copy of the warranty The following is a list of several Genuine Ford Accessories Not all accessories are available for all models For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact your dealer or visit our online store at www fordaccessories com Exterior style Bug shields Deflectors Exterior trim kits Splash guards Interior style All weather floor mats Electrochromatic compass temperature interior mirrors Premium carpeted floor mats Lifestyle Ash cup smoker s package Cargo organization and management Peace of mind Remote start Vehicle security systems 305 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Accessories Wheel locks For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle e When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Consult your authorized dealer for specific weight information e The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems such as two way radios telephones and theft ala
215. m through splash shield opening to access bulb socket Passenger side only 6 Remove the protective cap grill from the housing by grabbing it and pulling rearward 7 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pulling it straight out of the lamp assembly 8 Let go of the bulb socket and leave it dangling near the lamp housing Passenger side only 9 Reach over the front bolster in the engine area and with a tool if necessary bring the bulb socket upwards into an unobstructed area to replace the bulb Passenger side only 62 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus 10 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb socket and discard the old bulb socket 11 Connect the new bulb socket to the electrical connector WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated 12 After the new bulb is installed carefully let the bulb socket dangle downward near the lamp housing Passenger side only 13 From the exterior wheel well area reach arm through splash shield opening to install bulb socket with new bulb Passenger side only 14 Install the new bulb socket into the lamp assembly by aligning the indexing fingers then rotate clockwise to locked position 15 Install the protective
216. mage your engine or your vehicle may stall Driving through deep water where the transmission vent tube is submerged may allow water into the transmission and cause internal transmission damage Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 220 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Getting roadside assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available 24 hours seven days a week e for the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner Guide portfolio Roadside assistance will cover e a flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit battery jump start e lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5L of gasoline or 5 gallons 18 9L of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period e winch out available within 100 feet 80 5 m
217. more likely to blow out or fail 170 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn gair down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm sys 7y When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended WARNING Age Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure etc the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear Ho
218. mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 km 243 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized Ford Lincoln or Mercury dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and or equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away from home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing Address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www genuineservice
219. mpt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint system SRS or its fuses See your authorized dealer WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of the vehicle 136 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Children and airbags Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a collision WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back PN How does the safety belt pretensioner and airbag supplemental restraint system work The safety belt pretensioner and airbag SRS are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains longitudinal deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates pretensioner activation and airbag inflation The fact that the pretensioners and airbags did not activate in a collision does not mean that someth
220. n disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and the preset radio stations must be reset once the battery is reconnected e Always dispose of automotive 2 batteries in a responsible manner s S Follow your local authorized YY A standards for disposal Call your t local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries RECYCLE ENGINE COOLANT Checking engine coolant The concentration and level of engine coolant should be checked at the intervals listed in scheduled maintenance information The coolant concentration should be maintained at 50 50 coolant and distilled water which equates to a freeze point of 34 F 36 C Coolant concentration testing is possible with a hydrometer or antifreeze tester such as the Rotunda Battery and Antifreeze Tester 014 R1060 The level of coolant should be maintained at the FULL COLD level or within the COLD FILL RANGE in the coolant reservoir If the level falls below add coolant per the instructions in the Adding engine coolant section 272 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Your vehicle was factory filled with a 50 50 engine coolant and water concentration If the concentration of coolant falls below 40 or above 60 the engine parts could become damaged or not work properly A 50 50 mixture of coolant and water provides the following e Freeze protection down to 34 F 36 C
221. n indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly 181 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading The Tire Pressure Monitoring System complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING The Tire Pressure Monitoring System is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury Changing tires with TPMS Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor fastened to the inside rim of the wheel The pressure sensor is covered by the tire a
222. nal towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome These guidelines are designed to ensure that your transmission is not damaged Front Wheel Drive FWD vehicles with automatic transmissions Do not tow the vehicle with the front drive wheels on the ground It is recommended to tow your vehicle with the front drive wheels on a dolly or with all four 4 wheels off the ground on a car hauling trailer In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle see Wrecker towing in the Roadside Emergencies chapter 191 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Front Wheel Drive FWD vehicles with manual transmissions If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission shifting the transmission into neutral N permits flat towing all wheels on the ground for pulling behind a motorhome Before you tow your vehicle e Release the parking brake e Move the gearshift to the neutral position e Turn the key in the ignition to the off position e The maximum recommended speed is 70 mph 113 km h e The maximum recommended distance is unlimited e The vehicle must be towed in the forward position to ensure no damage is done to the internal transmission components In addition it is recommended that you follow the instructions provided by the aftermarket manufacturer of the towing equipment if provided In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle see Wrecker towing in the
223. ncludes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload 188 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG FRONT GAWR XXXXL REAR GAWR XXXXLB XXXXKG WITH XXXXKG XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES XXXX XXXXXXX XXXXXX RIMS XXXX XX AT XXX KPa XX PSLCOLD 4f ATXXX KPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLECONEORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN Label located on the B Pillar or EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE iver VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX the edge of the driver s door ieee a The GVW must never exceed the GVWR UN AU 0 AMY A A
224. nd is not visible unless the tire is removed The pressure sensor is located opposite 180 degrees from the valve stem Care must be taken when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter 182 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Understanding your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The Tire Pressure Monitoring System measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp will turn ON if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns ON and a short time later turns OFF your tire pressure still needs to be checked Visit www checkmytires org for additional information When your temporary spare tire is installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the TPMS system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel tire needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full functionality of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System have the damaged road wheel tire
225. nd or adult passengers should check for any objects that may be lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If objects are lodged and or cargo is interfering with the seat please take the following steps to remove the obstruction e Pull the vehicle over e Turn the vehicle off e Driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat Remove the obstruction s Gf found Restart the vehicle e Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness light is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness light remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system DO NOT attempt to repair or service the system take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer Assistance section of this Owner s Guide 143 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Any alteration modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system Determining if the system is operational The supplemental restraint system uses a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or a back up tone to indicat
226. nd other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Listening to the radio 1 If the audio system is off press VOL PUSH VOL PUSH to turn the radio on Turn VOL PUSH to adjust the volume Note The system may take a few moments to turn on 2 Press AM FM repeatedly to choose between AM FM1 FM2 frequency bands 3 Press A IV to manually go up down the frequency band K T Press lt SEEK gt to search down up the chosen frequency band 5 z for the next strongest station Ed To disengage SEEK mode press A IV 4 Once you are tuned to the desired station press and hold a ie memory preset 1 6 to save the station PRESET SAVED will appear on the display and the sound will return signifying the station has been saved You can save up to six stations in each frequency band six in AM six in FM1 and six in FM2 To access your saved stations press the corresponding memory preset The memory preset and the station frequency will appear on the display 17 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems Listening to satellite radio if equipped 1 If the audio system is turned off VOL PUSH press VOL PUSH to turn the radio on Turn VOL PUSH to adjust the volume Note The system may take a few moments to turn on 2 Press AUX repeatedly to cycle through auxiliary audio sources ax Select SAT1 SAT2 or SATS to listen to satellite radio
227. nd their proper usage refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter 2 Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off If starting a vehicle with an 2 automatic transmission j e Make sure the parking brake is set x Z SA 194 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving e Make sure the gearshift is in P Park If starting a vehicle with a manual transmission e Make sure the parking brake is set e Push the clutch pedal to the floor 3 Turn the key to 3 on without turning the key to 4 start O M Some warning lights will briefly illuminate See Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information regarding the warning lights 195 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving Starting the engine 1 Turn the key to 3 on without turning the key to 4 start 2 Turn the key to 4 start then N release the key as soon as the engine begins cranking Your vehicle has a computer assisted cranking system that assists in starting the engine After releasing the key from the 4 start position the engine may continue cranking for up to 10 seconds or until the vehicle starts 3 After idling for a few seconds apply the brake shift into gear and drive Note If the engine does not start on the first try turn the key to the off position wait 10 seconds and try step 2 again If the engine still fail
228. nded to scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element ENGINE OIL Y7 Checking the engine oil Refer to the scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for checking the engine oil 1 Make sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3 Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in P Park automatic transmissions or 1 First manual transmissions 4 Open the hood Protect yourself from engine heat 5 Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level dipstick 265 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 2 3L I4 engine e 3 0L DOHC V6 Duratec engine 6 Wipe the dipstick clean Insert the dipstick fully then remove it again On 2 3L I4 engine be sure the notch in the dipstick flange is aligned with the V on the engine when reinserting it 266 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 2 3L I4 engine e 3 0L DOHC V6 Duratec engine elf the oil level is within this range the oil level is acceptable DO NOT ADD OIL e 2 3L I4 engine e 3 0L DOHC V6 Duratec engine 52550 LOVOLLOY elf the oil level is below this mark e
229. ndicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunctio
230. ng PAUSE will appear in the display Press again to return to playback mode OK Use in various menu selections Your vehicle may be equipped with the SYNC system which has special phone and media features For further information refer to the SYNC supplement 7 SHUFFLE Press SHUFFLE to engage shuffle mode SHUFFLE ON will appear in the display If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away press SEEK to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when the current track is finished playing CD SHUF will appear in the display To disengage press SHUFFLE again SHUFFLE OFF will appear in the display Note In track mode all tracks on the current disc will shuffle in random order In MP3 folder mode the system will randomly play all tracks within the current folder 8 FOLDER In folder mode es press FOLDER gt to access next folder on MP3 discs if available 9 lt q FOLDER In folder mode press E FOLDER to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available 34 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems 10 FF Fast forward Press FF to manually advance in a CD MP3 2 track 11 REW Rewind Press REW to manually reverse in a CD MP3 track 12 Memory presets To set a station select the desired frequency band AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station Press and hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET SAVED appears in the display You can
231. ng bulbs 60 turning on and off 53 Heating heating and air conditioning SYSTEME sarias neniesan 45 47 49 HOOG serorei n uai 261 How to get going ue 17 I leniti wiscesczices Besdrdonshaaveets 198 302 Illuminated visor mirror 69 Infant seats see Safety seats oo 154 Inspection maintenance I M testing s csescesiscasvcasioaciecaenccsctueaees 289 309 Index Instrument panel 71 CLEANING sccccssstterngesaereeei vested 256 EIDES E AAEE en eres tot vacate acer 10 lighting up panel and MICEUN seen aR 55 J JIC Ro E S 230 POSITIONING 0 eee eeeeeteeeeeees 230 SUOTAS Cees sh EE A ne eeeuane 230 Jump starting your vehicle 236 K Keyless entry system 00 105 AULOLOGK A con tentesexts 94 Keypad serreeue eres eeun 105 locking and unlocking doors 106 programming entry code 105 Keys annhe nea 91 108 positions of the ignition 193 L Lamps autolamp system ou 53 bulb replacement specifications chart 59 daytime running light 54 fOS laMPS ssccs senststincseeavensy 54 headlamps siere gnh 53 headlamps flash to pass 55 instrument panel dimming 55 interior lamps esensia 57 replacing bulbs cceeeee 60 LATCH anchors cccccceeeees 157 Lights warning and indicator 10 anti lock brakes ABS 199 Load WIGS fcccssesdcsedsesstessate dents 187 310 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Gu
232. ng system detects an empty seat or an unbuckled child or small person the front passenger seat mounted side airbag will be deactivated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation 145 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The fact that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Side airbags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions not roll over rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of
233. ngine oil must be added to raise the level within the normal operating range e 2 3L I4 engine 267 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 3 0L DOHC V6 Duratec engine e If required add engine oil to the engine Refer to Adding engine oil in this chapter e 2 3L I4 engine e 3 0L DOHC V6 Duratec engine lt RAe e Do not overfill the engine with oil Oil levels above this mark may cause engine damage If the engine is overfilled some oil must be removed from the engine by an authorized dealer 7 Put the dipstick back in and ensure it is fully seated On 2 3L 14 engine be sure the notch in the dipstick flange is aligned with the V on the engine when it is reinserted 268 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Adding engine oil 1 Check the engine oil For instructions refer to Checking the engine oil in this chapter 2 If the engine oil level is not within the normal operating range add only certified engine oil of the recommended viscosity Remove the engine oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening 3 Recheck the engine oil level Make sure the oil level is not above the normal operating range on the engine oil level dipstick 4 Install the dipstick and ensure it is fully seated 5 Fully install the engine oil filler cap by turning the filler cap clockwise until i
234. nomy Average Speed Trip Elapsed Drive Time 1 or 2 Compass if equipped Compass zone calibration adjustment Odometer Trip odometer Refer to Gauges in the Instrument Cluster chapter Distance to empty DTE Selecting this function from the INFO menu estimates approximately XXX mi TOE how far you can drive with the fuel _ remaining in your tank under 0000 6 mi normal driving conditions Remember to turn the ignition off when refueling to allow this feature to correctly detect the added fuel The DTE function will display LOW FUEL LEVEL when you have approximately 50 miles 80 km to empty If you RESET this warning message this display will return within 10 minutes DTE is calculated using a running average fuel economy which is based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 km This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display The running average fuel economy is reinitialized to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected 82 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Average fuel economy AFE Select this function from the INFO menu to ae i average fuel XXX FPG economy in miles gallon or _ liters 100 km 00808C 0 mi If you calculate your average fuel economy by dividing 100 miles traveled by gallons of fuel used kilometers traveled by liters used your figure may be different than displayed for the following reasons e Your vehicle was not perfect
235. nsfer can occur when wet clothing comes in contact with leather upholstery If this occurs the leather should be cleaned immediately to avoid permanent staining UNDERBODY Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt 258 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Cleaning FORD AND LINCOLN MERCURY CAR CARE PRODUCTS Your Ford or Lincoln Mercury authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes These quality products have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and appearance of your vehicle Each product is made from high quality materials that meet or exceed rigid specifications For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Car Wash Canada only CXC 83 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Custom Clear Coat Polish ZC 8 A Motorcraft Custom Vinyl Protectant ZC 40 A Motorcraft Dash and Vinyl Cleaner ZC 38 A Motorcraft Deluxe Leather and Vinyl Cleaner U S only ZC 11 A Motorcraft Leather Care Kit U S only ZC 11 D Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner
236. ntire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials 257 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Cleaning WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED Your leather seating surfaces have a clear protective coating over the leather e To clean use a soft cloth with Motorcraft Deluxe Leather and Vinyl Cleaner ZC 11 A In Canada use Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner CXC 93 Dry the area with a soft cloth e To help maintain its resiliency and color use the Motorcraft Deluxe Leather Care Kit ZC 11 D available from your authorized dealer In Canada use Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner CXC 93 or an equivalent high quality leather care product e Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended for rubber vinyl and plastics or oil petroleum based leather conditioners These products may cause premature wearing of the clear protective coating Note In some instances color or dye tra
237. o volume automatically gets louder with increasing vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Use A IV il SEEK p gt to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu The default setting is off increasing your vehicle speed will not change the volume level Adjust 1 7 Increasing this setting from 1 lowest setting to 7 highest setting allows the radio volume to automatically change slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise 32 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems Recommended level is 1 3 SPEED OFF turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting Track Folder mode Available only on MP3 discs in CD mode In track mode press lt q SEEK gt to scroll through all tracks on the disc In folder mode press lt q SEEK gt to scroll through tracks within the selected folder Press lt Q FOLDER FOLDER gt to access the previous next folder if available Press OK to close and return to the main menu COMPRESS Compression Available only in CD MP3 mode Press MENU until COMPRESS ON OFF appears in the display Use A V lt q SEEK P to toggle ON OFF When COMPRESS is ON the system will bring the soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level Press OK to close and return to the main menu ALL SEATS Occupancy mode Available on Audiophile audios only Use A IV A SEEK p to select and optimize sound for ALL SEATS
238. oading WARNING Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the
239. ock press MENU until SET HOURS or SET MINUTES appears in the display Press A IV to adjust the hours minutes Press OK to close and return to the main menu AUTOSET Press MENU until the display reads AUTOSET Autoset allows you to set the strongest local radio stations without losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2 Use A IV lt q SEEK p to turn on off When the six strongest stations are filled the station stored in preset 1 will begin playing If there are less than six strong stations the system will store the last one in the remaining presets Press OK to close and return to the main menu 23 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems RBDS Available only in FM mode This feature allows you to search RBDS equipped stations for a certain category of music format CLASSIC COUNTRY INFORM JAZZ RB ROCK etc To activate press MENU repeatedly until RBDS ON OFF appears in the display Use W lt SEEK P gt to toggle RBDS ON OFF When RBDS is OFF you will not be able to search for RBDS equipped stations or view the station name or type Press OK to close and return to the main menu To search for specific RBDS music categories When the desired category appears in the display press A IV to find the desired type then press and release lt q SEEK gt or press and hold SCAN to begin the search To view the station name or type When the desired category appe
240. of console features These include 1 Cup holders 2 Secondary storage bin on hinges inside utility compartment 3 Utility compartment with power point AIJ Audio Input Jack USB port if equipped and coin holder inside WARNING Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in a collision 70 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls CLOCK IF EQUIPPED Press the right control to move the time display forwards Press the left control to move the time display backwards NA INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE COMPARTMENT The storage compartment may be used to secure sunglasses or similar sized objects Press the control to 4 open the storage compartment fi it AUXILIARY POWER POINT 12VDC Power outlets are designed for accessory plugs only Do not insert any other object in the power outlet as this will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty The auxiliary power points are located on the instrument panel and in the center console utility compartment Do not use the power point for operating the cigarette lighter element if equipped 71 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls To prevent the fuse from being blown do not use th
241. old battery Note Please refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries 4 Insert the new battery Refer to the instructions inside the IKT for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the battery housing cavity 5 Snap the battery cover back onto the key Note Replacement of the battery will not cause the IKT to become deprogrammed from your vehicle The IKT should operate normally after battery replacement Replacing lost Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs If you would like to have your Integrated Keyhead Transmitters reprogrammed because you lost one or would like to buy additional IKTs you can either reprogram them yourself or take all IKTs to your authorized dealer for reprogramming How to reprogram your Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs To program a new Integrated Keyhead Transmitter yourself refer to Programming spare keys in the SecuriLock passive anti theft system section of this chapter Note At least two IKTs are required to perform this procedure yourself 102 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security llluminated entry The interior lamps and puddle lamps if equipped illuminate when the Integrated Keyhead Transmitter is used to unlock the door s The illuminated entry system will turn off the interior lights if e the ignition is turned to the on position e the Integrated Keyhead
242. on e If the courtesy lamps were turned on because one of the vehicle doors or the trunk was opened the battery saver will shut off them off 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned to the 1 off position The battery saver will shut off the headlamps 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned to the 1 off position 104 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED You can use the keyless entry keypad to e lock or unlock the doors without using a key e open the trunk The keypad can be operated with the factory set 5 digit entry code this code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box and is available from your authorized dealer You can also create up to three of your own 5 digit personal entry codes When pressing the controls on the keypad press the middle of the controls to ensure a good activation Programming a personal entry code To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad 3 Enter your personal 5 digit code Each number must be entered within five seconds of each other 4 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that your personal keycode has been programmed to the module Tips e Do not set a code that uses five of the same number e Do not use five numbers in sequential order e The factory set code will work even
243. on Check with your authorized dealer for availability 35 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems 14 AM FM Press to select AM FM1 FM2 frequency band 15 ON OFF Volume Press to turn ON OFF Turn to increase decrease volume b Note If the volume is set above a VOL PUSH certain level and the ignition is turned off the volume will come back on at a nominal listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on 16 CD Press to enter CD MP3 mode If a disc is already loaded into the system CD MP3 play will begin where it ended last If no CD is loaded NO DISC will appear in the display 17 LOAD To load a disc into the system press LOAD Select a slot number using memory presets 1 6 When the display reads LOAD CD load the desired disc label side up If you do not choose a slot within 5 seconds the system will choose for you Once loaded the first track will begin to play To auto load up to 6 discs press and hold LOAD until the display reads AUTOLOAD Load the desired disc label side up The system will prompt you to load discs for the remaining available slots Insert the discs one at a time label side up when prompted Once loaded the disc in preset 1 will begin to play Note An MP3 disc with folders will show F001 folder T001 track in the display An MP8 disc without folders will show T001 track in the display Refer to MP3 track and folder structur
244. on Required NO TEXT Song title Song title information not information not available at this time on available this channel The system is working properly NO TEXT Category Category information not information not available at this time on available this channel The system is working properly NO SIGNAL Loss of signal from You are in a location that the SIRIUS satellite is blocking the SIRIUS or SIRIUS tower to signal i e tunnel under the vehicle antenna an overpass dense foliage etc The system is working properly When you move into an open area the signal should return UPDATING Update of channel No action required The programming in process may take up to progress three minutes CALL SIRIUS Satellite service has Call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 been deactivated by 1 888 539 7474 to SIRIUS Satellite re activate or resolve Radio subscription issues NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a navigation system Refer to the Navigation system supplement for further information SYNC IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with SYNC a hands free communications and entertainment system with special phone and media features For more information please refer to the SYNC supplement or to the SYNC section in the Navigation system supplement if equipped 44 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Climate Controls MANUAL HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM IF EQUIPP
245. on of the system Refer to the Warning lights and chimes section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the Personal Safety System is not required The Restraints Control Module RCM monitors its own internal circuits and the circuits for the airbag supplemental restraints crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt buckle sensors driver seat position sensor and front passenger sensing system In addition the RCM also monitors the restraints warning light in the instrument cluster A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The warning light will either flash or stay lit e The warning light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and warning light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the Personal Safety System serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Safety belt precautions WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained 124 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her la
246. or even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries including brain damage Small children are particularly at risk REMOTE ENTRY SYSTEM The Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The typical operating range for your IKT is approximately 33 feet 10 meters A decrease in operating range could be caused by e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around the vehicle or other vehicles parked next to your vehicle 99 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security The IKT allows you to e remotely unlock the vehicle doors remotely lock all the vehicle doors remotely open the trunk Ny activate the personal alarm e arm and disarm the perimeter C anti theft system O e operate the illuminated entry feature The remote entry lock unlock feature operates in any ignition position except while the key is held in the start position The panic feature operates with the key in the off position If there are probl
247. or lamps will turn on with the headlamp control in the Autolamp position Autolamps Programmable exit delay Programmable exit delay allows the length of the autolamp exit delay to be changed To program the auto lamp exit time delay 1 Start with the ignition in the off position and the headlamp control in the autolamp position 2 Turn the headlamp switch to off 53 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights 3 Turn the ignition switch to on and then back to off 4 Turn the headlamp switch to the autolamp position The headlamps will turn on 5 Wait the desired amount of time for the exit delay you want up to three minutes then turn the headlamp switch to off The headlamps will turn off Fog lamp control if equipped 0 With the ignition on the fog lamps can be turned on when the headlamp control is pulled toward you and is in any of the following positions e Parking lamps PS e Low beams gD e Autolamps when active W The fog lamp indicator light will illuminate when the fog lamps have been turned on The fog lamps will not operate when the high beams are active Daytime running lamps DRL if equipped Turns the headlamps on with a reduced output To activate e the ignition must be in the on position e the headlamp control is in the off autolamps or parking lamp position and e the transmission must be out of the P Park position WARNING Always remember to turn on y
248. or maximum cooling performance MAX A C Automatic operation e Press AUTO for full automatic operation e Do not override A C or recirculated air e Set the temperature to 60 F 16 C Override operation e Select air distribution e Select A C and recirculated air Use recirculated air with A C to provide colder airflow e Set the temperature to 60 F 16 C e Set highest fan speed initially then adjust to maintain comfort In MAX A C setting e Adjust the temperature control to full cold e Set highest fan speed initially then adjust to maintain comfort 51 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Climate Controls In W panel or f panel floor modes e Adjust the temperature control to full cold e Select A C and recirculated air Use recirculated air with A C to provide colder airflow e Set highest fan speed initially then adjust to maintain comfort e To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather Select Select A C Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort Set the fan speed to the highest setting Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows or WwW DY To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER G The rear defroster control is located on the climate control panel and works to clear the rear window of fog and thin ice
249. or of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are e Water puddle inside the lamp e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens 58 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights Take your vehicle to dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Using the right bulbs Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America and an E for Europe to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time number Headlamp high beam H7 Headlamp low beam H11LL Front sidemarker lamp 168 Front park turn signal 3457NAK lamp amber Rear sidemarker lamp 194 Stop tail turn lamp 3157 K Backup lamp 921 License plate lamp C5W High mount brake lamp 921 Fog lamp Gf equipped H11 Map lamp 12V6W Dome reading lamp 578 Visor vanity lamp Slide on Rail system SOR if equipped Luggage comp
250. ories Pop Rock News etc Refer to Category Mode under Menu for further information Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 2 Phone If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC press to eA access SYNC PHONE features Refer to your SYNC supplement for further information If your vehicle is not equipped with SYNC the display will read NO PHONE 3 MENU Press repeatedly to access the following settings SATELLITE RADIO MENU if equipped Press MENU when satellite radio mode is active to access Press OK to enter into the satellite radio menu Press A IV to cycle through the following options e CATEGORY Press OK to enter category mode Press A IV to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Press OK when the desired category appears in the display After a category is selected press SEEK to search for that specific category of channels only i e ROCK You may also select CATEGORY ALL to seek all available SIRIUS categories and channels Press OK to close and return to the main menu e SAVE SONG Press OK to save the currently playing song s title in the system s memory If you try to save something other than a song CANT SAVE will appear in the display When the chosen song is playing on any satellite radio channel the system will alert you with an audible prompt Press OK while SONG
251. ors in place Heated mirrors if equipped Both mirrors are heated automatically to remove ice mist and fog when the rear window defrost is activated Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it is frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors SPEED CONTROL With speed control set you can maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal WARNING Do not use the speed control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved 75 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Setting speed control Note The appearance of your vehicle s speed control switches may vary according to your option package The controls for using your speed control are located on the steering wheel for your convenience 1 Press the ON control and release it 2 Accelerate to the desired speed 3 Press the SET control and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 5 The indicator O light on the instrument cluster will turn on Note e Vehicle speed may vary momentarily when driving up and down a steep hill If the vehicle speed increases above the set speed on a downhill you may want to apply the brakes to reduce the speed If the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed on an uphill your speed control will disengag
252. ort assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seatback if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a collision Refer to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a collision be replaced However if the collision was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts refer to Interior in the Cleaning chapter WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary replace the safety belt assembly or child restraint system under the above conditions could result in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision 165 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading INFORMATION ABOUT UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature
253. ost accurate if your filling method is consistent Calculating fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading in miles or kilometers 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added Gn gallons or liters 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Follow one of the simple calculations in order to determine fuel economy Calculation 1 Divide total miles traveled by total gallons used Calculation 2 Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by total kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This will provide an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures give lower fuel economy Driving style good driving and fuel economy habits Give consideration to the lists that follow and you may be able to change a number of variables and improve your fuel economy Habits e Smooth moderate operation can yield up to 10 savings in fuel e Steady speeds without stopping will usually give the best fuel economy e Idling for long periods of time greater than one minute may waste fuel e Anticipate
254. ot illuminate immediately after ignition is turned to the on position e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the SRS serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Disposal of airbags and airbag equipped vehicles including pretensioners See your authorized dealer Airbags MUST BE disposed of by qualified personnel SAFETY RESTRAINTS FOR CHILDREN See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children Also see Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS in this chapter for special instructions about using airbags Important child restraint precautions WARNING Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be purchased separately from the vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The Recommendations for Safety Restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technic
255. ounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 ft 8 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford Dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft 8 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the TPMS indicator is flashing your TPMS is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS or some component of the TPMS may be damaged Safety practices Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road 173 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA
256. our headlamps at dusk or during inclement weather The Daytime Running Lamp DRL system does not activate the tail lamps and generally may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision 54 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights High beams ZD Push the lever toward the instrument panel to activate Pull the lever towards you to deactivate Flash to pass Pull toward you slightly to activate and release to deactivate PANEL DIMMER CONTROL Use to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel and all applicable switches in the vehicle during headlamp and parking lamp operation Move the control to the full upright position past detent to turn on the interior lamps Move the control to the full downward position past detent to turn off the interior lights The instrument panel switch lighting remains lit 55 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights Note If the battery is disconnected discharged or a new battery is installed the dimmer switch requires re calibration Rotate the dimmer switch from the full dim position to the full dome on position to reset This will ensure that your displays are visible under all lighting conditions AIMING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your head
257. ow The tether anchors in your vehicle are located under a cover marked with the tether anchor symbol shown with title The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions Lb shown from top view 4 8 j Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate tether anchor as shown The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH system or both you can attach the top tether strap Perform the following steps to attach a child safety seat to the tether anchor 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For vehicles with adjustable head restraints route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position a 160 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 3 Open the tether anchor cover AN 4 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a collision 5 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If the safety seat is not anchored proper
258. p while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air bag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident 125 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA
259. parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines INSTRUMENT PANEL INTERIOR TRIM AND CLUSTER LENS Clean the instrument panel interior trim areas and cluster lens with a clean and damp white cotton cloth then with a clean and dry white cotton cloth you may also use Motorcraft Dash amp Vinyl Cleaner ZC 38 A on the instrument panel and interior trim areas e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection 256 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Cleaning e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may
260. phalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance 166 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature AB C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure TIRES Tires are designed to give many thousands of miles of service but they must be maintained in order to get the maximum benefit from them Glossary of tire terminology e Tire
261. placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions The importance of shoulder belts Using a booster without a shoulder belt increases the risk of a child s head hitting a hard surface in a collision For this reason you should never use a booster seat with a lap belt only It is generally best to use a booster seat with lap shoulder belts in the back seat 164 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Move a child to a different seating location if the shoulder belt does not stay positioned on the shoulder during use Follow all instructions provided by the manufacturer of the booster seat WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision Child restraint and safety belt maintenance Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle supp
262. private lands by treading lightly Driving on hilly or sloping terrain Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and possibly rolling over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer 218 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If you do stall out do not try to turnaround because you might roll over It is better to back down to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral instead disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as yo
263. problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company 250 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Customer Assistance To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http hvww safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 251 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Cleaning WASHING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A which is available from your authorized dealer e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight e Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for best results e Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting e It is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during the win
264. properly then restrain the child in the child safety seat or with the belt positioning booster Remember that child seats and belt positioning boosters vary and may be designed to fit children of different heights ages and weights Children who are too large for child safety seats or belt positioning boosters as specified by your child safety seat manufacturer should always properly wear safety belts SAFETY SEATS FOR CHILDREN Infant and or toddler seats Use a safety seat that is recommended for the size and weight of the child When installing a child safety seat e Review and follow the information presented in the Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS section in this chapter Carefully follow all of the manufacturer s instructions included with the safety seat you put in your vehicle If you do not install and use the safety seat properly the child may be injured in a sudden stop or collision Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat all the way back Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat Installing child safety seats with combination lap and shoulder be
265. r to prevent possible shock or fire Be sure that areas where the vehicle is parked are clean and clear of all combustibles such as petroleum products dust rags paper and similar items Be sure that the engine block heater heater cord and extension cord are solidly connected A poor connection can cause the cord to become very hot and may result in an electrical shock or fire Be sure to check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately a half hour 197 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving e Finally have the engine block heater system checked during your fall tune up to be sure it s in good working order How to use the engine block heater Ensure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use To clean them use a dry cloth Depending on the type of factory installed equipment your engine block heater system may consume anywhere between 400 watts or 1000 watts of energy per hour Your factory installed block heater system does not have a thermostat however maximum temperature is attained after approximately three hours of operation Block heater operation longer than three hours will not improve system performance and will unnecessarily use additional electricity Make sure system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving the vehicle While not in use make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the engine block heater cord plug
266. r ability to grip the road this may lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If you experience a severe road event SLOW DOWN 204 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving The Traction Control switch is located on the instrument panel The Traction Control system will automatically turn on every time the ignition is turned off and on The Traction Control system should TCS normally be left on OFF If you should become stuck in snow or ice or on a very slippery road surface try switching the Traction Control system off by pressing the switch on the instrument panel Switching the Traction Control system off may allow excess wheel spin to dig the vehicle out and enable a successful rocking maneuver When the Traction Control system is off an indicator light will illuminate and will remain on until the system is turned back on or the ignition is turned off and on Remember to switch the Traction Control system back on once the vehicle is no longer stuck If a system fault is detected the traction control active light will illuminate the Traction Control button will not turn the system on or off and your vehicle should be serviced by an authorized dealer STEERING To help prevent damage to the power steering system e Never hold the steering wheel at its furthest turning points until it stops for more than a few se
267. r authorized dealer AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OPERATION Brake shift interlock This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the on position unless brake pedal is depressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park with ignition in the on position and the brake pedal depressed 206 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving 1 Apply the parking brake turn ignition key to off then remove the key 2 Using a screwdriver or similar tool remove the protective cover to the interlock release access hole on the console 3 Insert the screwdriver or similar tool into the access hole and press downward while pulling the gearshift lever out of the P Park position and into the N Neutral position 4 Remove the tool and reinstall the protective cover 5 Start the vehicle and release the parking brake If it is necessary to use the above procedure to move the gearshift lever it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brakelamps are not operating properly Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brakelamps are working WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your
268. r on a vehicle containing a side air curtain See your authorized dealer WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an inflatable curtain is provided WARNING To reduce the risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment zone of the inflatable curtain 147 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How does the side air curtain system work The design and development of the side air curtain system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including side air curtain systems The side air curtain system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon curtain with a gas generator concealed behind the headliner and above the doors The headliner will flex to open above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Two crash sensors located under the outboard side of the front seats attached near the floor e Two crash sensors located at the base of the C pillars above the wheel house Side air curtains and side airbags in combination with safety belts can help
269. r to Safety restraints for children or Safety seats for children later in this chapter How to disengage the automatic locking mode WARNING Ford Motor Company recommends that all passenger safety belt assemblies and attaching hardware should be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still working properly Safety belt assemblies should be inspected by an authorized dealer and must be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in a collision Unbuckle the combination lap shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode Safety belt pretensioner Your vehicle is equipped with safety belt pretensioners at the driver and front outboard passenger seating positions The safety belt pretensioner tightens the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body at the start of the crash WARNING The driver and front passenger safety belt system including retractors buckles and height adjusters must be replaced if the vehicle is involved in a collision that results in deployment of front airbags seat mounted side airbags and side air curtains and safety belt pretensioners 128 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraint
270. r to achieve maximum cooling performance press W A C and set the temperature to 60 F 16 C and the highest blower setting 1 GV Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster and demister vents Can be used to clear thin ice or fog from the windshield To exit Q9 select another mode 2 Ei Fan speed control Press to manually increase or decrease the fan speed To return to automatic fan operation press AUTO 3 69 Rear defroster Press to defrost the rear window Refer to Rear window defroster in this section for more information If your vehicle is equipped with both rear defroster and heated mirrors the same button will activate both 47 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Climate Controls 4 Recirculation control Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in cabin Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculation can be engaged manually in any other airflow selection except CR defrost Recirculation may turn off automatically in all airflow selections except MAX A C 5 A C control Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in AUTO HY defrost and oA floor defrost 6 Y Distributes air through the
271. rature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 114 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 13 Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as s
272. rees clockwise from a vertical position Use the two lead wires oriented up to represent the vertical reference position 8 From the 15 degree position rotate the bulb socket clockwise to a locked position 9 Tuck the two lead wires into the lamp housing to assure that they are not pinched when installing the protective rubber cap 10 Install the protective cap grill to the housing circular ring by pushing and pressing it forward 11 Re apply pressure around the complete circular ring on the housing to make sure the protective cap is completely seated 12 Reconnect the washer bottle neck by reversing Step 3 Passenger side only 13 Turn the headlamps on and make sure they work properly If the headlamp was correctly aligned before you changed the bulb you should not need to align it again Lowbeam bulb upper replacement 1 Make sure headlamp switch is in the off position then open the hood 2 Remove the vertical shield from the bolster by disengaging the S shaped clip and rotating it up in a clockwise direction Driver side only 61 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Lights 3 Remove the air tube from the air filter assembly Driver side only 4 Remove screw from oval splash shield access panel from the exterior wheel well area Lift up and rearward to release a hidden finger attachment at the lower portion of the panel Passenger side only 5 From the exterior wheel well area reach ar
273. res Wheels and Loading chapter When the ignition is first turned to on the light will illuminate for three seconds to ensure the bulb is working If the light does not turn on or begins to flash have the system inspected by your authorized dealer For more information on this system refer to Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Low tire pressure warning 0 O Low fuel if equipped Illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is at or near empty refer to Fuel gauge in this chapter Speed control Illuminates when the speed control is engaged Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged Door ajar if equipped Illuminates when the ignition is in Jy the on position and any door or a decklid is open Anti theft system Flashes when AN the SecuriLock Passive Anti theft System has been activated f R 13 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Instrument Cluster Throttle Control Transmission Iluminates when a powertrain or a A AWD fault has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Turn signal Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the a o gt hazard lights are turned on If the indicators flash faster check for a burned out bulb High beams Illuminates when the high beam headlamps are turned on D Key in ignition warning chime Sounds when the key is left in the ignition in the off or a
274. ress this control for the following displays e System Check e Units English Metric e Language e Easy entry exit seat Gf equipped e Reverse sensing system Park Aid Gf equipped System check Selecting this function from the SETUP menu causes the message PRESS RESET center to cycle through each of the EOR S45 CHECK systems being monitored Pressing the RESET control cycles the message center through each of the systems being monitored Some monitored systems show message only if a warning is present The sequence of the system check report is as follows 1 DOORS CLOSED 2 ENGINE TEMPERATURE 3 OIL PRESSURE 4 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL 5 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM if equipped and warning is present 6 EXTERIOR LAMPS if equipped 7 REMOVE OBJECT NEAR PASSENGER SEAT if warning is present 8 PARKING AID if equipped and warning is present 9 FUEL LEVEL 10 DISTANCE TO EMPTY 86 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Units English Metric 1 Select this function from the SETUP menu for the current units UNITS to be displayed N NET 2 Press the RESET control to gt ENG METRIC change from English to Metric Language 1 Select this function from the SETUP menu for the current ENGLISH language to be displayed BESET FOR NEL a 2 Pressing the RESET control gt cycles the message center through FOR ENGLISH each of the language choices
275. rms that are equipped with radio transmitters Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with FCC or CRTC regulations and should be installed only by a qualified service technician e Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if they are not properly designed for automotive use e To avoid interference with other vehicle functions such as anti lock braking systems amateur radio users who install radios and antennas onto their vehicle should not locate the Amateur Radio Antennas in the area of the driver s side hood e Electrical or electronic accessories or components that are added to the vehicle by the authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability 306 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus A Accessory delay ccccccccccceeeeees 73 Advance Trac o ceeccceceesseeeeeteees 200 Air cleaner filter 295 297 Air conditioning 0 47 49 Airbag supplemental restraint SYSTEME ccsec eeseteissvsectsans gt 135 144 147 and child safety seats 137 description 135 144 147 CispOsal ccccceceessseeeeseeeees 150 driver airbag 137 145 148 indicator light 144 146 149 operation wee 137 145 148 passenger airbag 137 145 148 SIE Airbag lt 5 4s cds cecwsanstaveesrsserse 144 All Wheel Drive AWD driving off road oo 215 Ambient mood
276. roadside assistance service provider It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift or flatbed equipment Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure If the vehicle is towed by other means or incorrectly vehicle damage may occur If your vehicle is to be towed using wheel lift equipment the non lifted wheels must be placed on a dolly to prevent damage to the vehicle Place a rag on top of the hoist cable below the fascia when loading or unloading a vehicle on a flatbed wrecker to prevent surface damage to the fascia Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle 242 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies Emergency towing In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle your vehicle regardless of transmission powertrain configuration can be flat towed all wheels on the ground under the following conditions e Vehicle is facing forward so that it is being towed in a forward direction e Place the transmission in N Neutral Refer to Brake shift interlock in the Driving chapter for specific instructions if you cannot move the gear shift lever into N Neutral e Maximum speed is not to exceed 35
277. rror UP or DOWN and from SIDE to SIDE WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion Automatic dimming interior rear view mirror if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an interior rear view mirror that has an auto dimming function The electronic day night mirror will change from the normal high reflective state to the non glare darkened state when bright lights glare reach the mirror When the mirror detects bright light from behind the vehicle it will automatically adjust darken to minimize glare Without microphone With microphone EEEN e 8 The mirror will automatically return to the normal state whenever the vehicle is placed in R Reverse to ensure a bright clear view when backing up Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the interior rear view mirror since this may impair proper mirror performance Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products 74 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power side view mirrors i WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion To adjust your mirrors m 1 Rotate the control clockwise to adjust the right mirror and rotate the control counterclockwise to adjust the left mirror 2 Move the control in the direction you wish to tilt the mirror 3 Return to the center position to lock mirr
278. runk are closed Note If any door or the trunk is not closed or if the hood is not closed in vehicles equipped with the perimeter alarm feature the horn will chirp twice and the lamps will not flash Car finder Press twice within three seconds The horn will chirp and the turn lamps will flash It is recommended that this method be used to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Sounding a panic alarm Press to activate the alarm The horn will sound and the turn lamps will flash for a maximum of three minutes Press again or turn the ignition to the on position to deactivate or wait for the alarm to time out in three minutes Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is in the off position Opening the trunk q Press 2 amp 5 twice within three seconds to open the trunk e Ensure that the trunk is closed and latched before driving your vehicle Failure to properly latch the trunk may cause objects to fall out or block the driver s rear view Replacing the battery The Integrated Keyhead Transmitter uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent 101 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security To replace the battery 1 Twist a thin coin in the slot of the IKT near the key ring in order to remove the battery cover 2 Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals on the back surface of the circuit board 3 Remove the
279. s Safety belt height adjustment Your vehicle has safety belt height adjustments at the front outboard seating positions Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height pull on the center button and slide the height adjuster up or down Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision Safety belt extension assembly If the safety belt is too short when fully extended there is an 8 inch 20 cm safety belt extension assembly that can be added part number 611022 This assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso Safety belt warning light and indicator chime A The safety belt warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a chime sounds to remind the occupants to fasten their safety belts 129
280. s Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage If necessary add fluid in 1 2 pint 250 ml increments through the filler tube until the level is correct If an overfill occurs excess fluid should be removed by an authorized dealer An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components Checking and adding manual transmission fluid if equipped 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface 2 Engage the parking brake fully put in first gear 3 Ensure the vehicle cannot move a am 4 Clean the filler plug 5 Remove the filler plug and inspect the fluid level 6 Fluid level should be at bottom of the opening 7 Add enough fluid through the filler opening so that the fluid level is within 3 8 inch 10mm of the bottom of the filler hole with the vehicle on a level surface 8 Install and tighten the fill plug securely Use only fluid that meets Ford specifications Refer to the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter AIR FILTER Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element When changing the air filter el
281. s are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 e For plastic headlamp lenses use Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 255 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Cleaning WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windshield rear and side windows and the wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may be the cause These may include hot wax treatments used by commercial car washes water repellent coatings tree sap or other organic contamination these contaminants may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windshield rear windows and side windows may be cleaned with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 available from your authorized dealer e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate ZC 32 A available from your authorized dealer This washer fluid contains special solution in addition to alcohol which helps to remove the hot wax deposited on the wiper blade and windshield from automated car wash facilities Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasives as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any
282. s of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 208 and is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The front passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or disabled will not inflate The front passenger sensing system will disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag if e the front passenger seat is unoccupied or has small medium objects in the front seat e the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat that is installed according to the manufacturer s instructions e the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint that is installed according to the manufacturer s instructions e the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e a front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time 139 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The front passenger sensing system will turn off the passenger seat side airbag if e the seat is empty and safety belt is unbuckled e achild or a small person occupies the front passenger seat and the child or small person is unbuckled
283. s properly positioned so it doesn t interfere with the full extension of the clutch pedal Failure to fully depress the clutch pedal to the floor may cause increased shift efforts prematurely wear transmission components or damage the transmission Do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to hold your vehicle at a standstill while waiting on a hill These actions will severely reduce the life of the clutch and could nullify a clutch warranty claim 211 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving Recommended shift speeds Do not downshift into 1 First when your vehicle is moving faster than 15 mph 24 km h This will damage the clutch Upshift according to the following chart Recommended upshifts for best fuel economy when accelerating Shift from o 1 2 O 14 mph 23 kmh 24 mph 39 kw h 32 mph 61 km h z 44 mph 71 km h Reverse Make sure that your vehicle is at a complete stop before you shift into R Reverse Failure to do so may damage the transmission Hold the clutch pedal down and move the gearshift lever into the neutral position Wait at least three seconds before shifting into R Reverse Note The gearshift lever can only be moved into R Reverse by moving it from left of 3 Third and 4 Fourth before shifting into R Reverse This is a lockout feature that protects the transmission from accidentally being shifted into R Reverse from
284. s to start press the accelerator to the floor and try step 2 again keeping the accelerator on the floor until the engine begins to accelerate above cranking speeds this will allow the engine to crank with the fuel shut off in case the engine is flooded with fuel Guarding against exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Important ventilating information If the engine is idling while the vehicle is stopped for a long period of time open the windows at least one inch 2 5 cm or adjust the heating or air conditioning to bring in fresh air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED An engine block heater warms the engine coolant which aids in starting and allows the heater defroster system to respond quickly If your vehicle is equipped with this system your equipment includes a heater element which is installed in your engine block and a wire harness which allows the user to connect the system to a grounded 120 volt a c electrical source The block heater system is most effective when outdoor temperatures reach below 0 F 18 C 196 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving WARNING Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or physical injury WARNING To reduce the
285. s you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety Pa mps of tasks on your work computer J1 mp3 home computer and your in vehicle system FT mps In track mode the system will 1 mp3 7 display and play the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 e files will be played regardless of Ai being in a specific folder In folder m ppt mode the system will only play the L_ xIs mp3 files in the current folder 41 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems Satellite radio information if equipped Satellite radio channels SIRIUS broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels visit www sirius com in the United States www sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far aw
286. scribes every option and model variant available and therefore some of the items covered may not apply to your particular vehicle Furthermore due to printing cycles it may describe options before they are generally available Remember to pass on this Owner s Guide when reselling the vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle WARNING Fuel pump shut off switch In the event of an accident the safety switch will automatically cut off the fuel supply to the engine The switch can also be activated through sudden vibration e g collision when parking To reset the switch refer to the Fuel pump shut off switch in the Roadside Emergencies chapter SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION Ay Warning symbols in this guide How can you reduce the risk of personal injury to yourself or others In this guide answers to such questions are contained in comments highlighted by the warning triangle symbol These comments should be read and observed 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Introduction A Warning symbols on your vehicle When you see this symbol it is imperative that you consult the relevant section of this guide before L i touching or attempting adjustment of any kind Protecting the environment We must all play our part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps towards this aim Information in this respec
287. shift lever in P Park and leave the engine running 5 Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag If necessary refer to Identifying components in the engine compartment in this chapter for the location of the dipstick 6 Install the dipstick making sure it is fully seated in the filler tube 7 Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the designated areas for normal operating temperature 291 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Low fluid level Do not drive the vehicle if the fluid level is below the lower notch on the dipstick and the outside temperatures are above 50 F cea 65C 10 C Correct fluid level The transmission fluid should be checked at normal operating temperature 149 F 65 C on a level surface The normal operating temperature can be reached after approximately 20 miles 30 km of driving The transmission fluid should be in between the notches if at normal operating temperature 149 F 65 C High fluid level Fluid levels above the safe range may result in transmission failure a An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage High fluid levels can be caused by an overheating condition Adjusting automatic transmission fluid levels Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The type of f
288. sing the RESET control and clearing the warning message Warning messages that have been reset are divided into three categories e They will not disappear until a condition is changed e They will reappear on the display 10 minutes from the reset e They will not reappear until an ignition off on cycle has been completed This acts as a reminder that these warning conditions still exist within the vehicle Driver s door ajar Warn Right rear door ajar Park brake engaged RELEASE PARK BRAKE will be displayed Low fuel level Warning returns after 10 minutes Check brake system 88 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Warning returns after the ignition key is turned from off to on Intkey could not program Maximum number of Integrated Keys exceeded DRIVER DOOR AJAR Displayed when the driver s door is not completely closed PASSENGER DOOR AJAR Displayed when the passenger side door is not completely closed REAR LEFT DOOR AJAR Displayed when the rear left door is not completely closed REAR RIGHT DOOR AJAR Displayed when the rear right door is not completely closed PARK BRAKE ENGAGED Displayed when the park brake is engaged If the warning stays on after the park brake is off contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM Displayed when the brake system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authoriz
289. sion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving WARNING If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system the sliding car icon f will illuminate steadily Verify that the AdvanceTrac system is not manually disabled push the AdvanceTrac Off button located on the center of the instrument panel If the sliding car icon R still illuminates steadily have the system service by an authorized dealer immediately Your vehicle may be equipped with the AdvanceTrac system The AdvanceTrac system provides the following stability enhancement features for certain driving situations e Traction Control TCS which functions to help avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction e Electronic Stability Control ESC which functions to help avoid skids or lateral slides The AdvanceTrac system automatically enables each time the engine is started All features of the AdvanceTrac system TCS and ESC are active and monitor the vehicle from start up However the system will only intervene if the driving situation requires it The AdvanceTrac system includes an AdvanceTrac Off button on the center of the instrument panel and a sliding car icon 4 in the instrument cluster The sliding car icon 4 in the instrument cluster will illuminate temporarily during start up as part of a normal system self check or during driving if a driving situation causes the AdvanceTrac system to operate If the
290. st for every 400 Ib 180 kg of weight carried Adding certain accessories to your vehicle for example bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski luggage racks may reduce fuel economy e Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8 10 miles 12 16 km of driving Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal Close windows for high speed driving EPA fuel economy estimates Every new vehicle should have a window sticker containing EPA fuel economy estimates Contact your authorized dealer if the window sticker 286 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications is not supplied with your vehicle The EPA fuel economy estimates should be your guide for the fuel economy comparisons with other vehicles Your fuel economy may vary depending upon the method of operation and conditions EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM tC Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid runn
291. t avoid severe brake application ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface e It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly e It often may be less risky to strike small objects such as highway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern If your vehicle gets stuck If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear If your vehicle is equipped with Traction Control it may be beneficial to disengage the Traction Control system while attempting to rock the vehicle Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park
292. t having the lap belt snug and low across the hips shoulder belt centered across the 45 kg if recommended by child restraint manufacturer shoulder and chest and seatback upright e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the U S and Canada Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 ft 9 in 1 45 meters tall or 80 Ib 86 kg Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children in your vehicle e When possible always properly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position 151 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Safety Safety belt Safety Restraint Child Type lower anchors Rear facing child seat Forward facing child seat WARNING Air bags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active air bag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat all the way back When possible all chil
293. t inputs AWD Systems if equipped AWD uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures use L Low gear when possible L Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution Mud and water If you must drive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability may be limited 217 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving When driving through water determine the depth avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks if possible and proceed slowly If the ignition syst
294. t is highlighted in this guide with the tree symbol CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Certain components of this vehicle such as airbag modules seat belt pretensioners and button cell batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BREAKING IN YOUR VEHICLE Your vehicle does not need an extensive break in Try not to drive continuously at the same speed for the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of new vehicle operation Vary your speed frequently in order to give the moving parts a chance to break in Do not add friction modifier compounds or special break in oils since these additives may prevent piston ring seating See Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information on oil usage 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Introduction SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by
295. t stops To avoid possible oil loss DO NOT operate the vehicle with the engine oil level dipstick and or the engine oil filler cap removed Engine oil and filter recommendations Look for this certification trademark PREMIUM SYNTHETIC BLEND MOTOR OIL Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute APD An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers To protect your engine and engine s warranty use Motorcraft SAE 5W 20 or an equivalent SAE 5W 20 oil meeting Ford specification WSS M2C930 A SAE 5W 20 oil provides optimum fuel economy and durability performance meeting all requirements for your vehicle s engine 269 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Do not use supplemental engine oil additives cleaners or other engine treatments They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford warranty Change your engine oil and filter according to the appropriate schedule listed in scheduled maintenance information When changing the oil filter on the 2 3L engine you must also replace the filter cap O ring The oil filter drain plug O ring must also be replac
296. tandard load radial tubeless etc 178 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Additional information contained on the tire sidewall for LT type tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire 1 LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for service on light trucks 2 Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits 3 Maximum Load Dual 1b kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle 4 Maximum Load Single lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle 179 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Information on T type tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire 1
297. ted e The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states 245 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Customer Assistance In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable n
298. tem C B 30A Circuit Moon roof power Delayed accessory Breaker SJB fuse 12 power window 226 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies Power distribution box The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment The power distribution box contains high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads WARNING Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the Power Distribution Box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected refer to the Battery section of the Maintenance and Specifications chapter ric eM fo c J olf Ci gt 2 G2 G2 GC Go 1 2 3 a 5 f 6 7 o 50 51 52 8 9 11 12 hshafisfieh7 CH r 18 19 20 21 22 kafalar LJ 53 54 55 Go Q2 ov Qo Go 36 Lal 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 3 I e 56 57 58 a1 a2 43 44 holaaleraafag T L ce SS The high current fuses are coded as follows Fus
299. ter months as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause damage to the vehicle e Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 which is available from your authorized dealer e Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash e Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible Exterior chrome e Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e Use Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 available from your authorized dealer Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag e Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface e After polishing chrome bumpers apply a coating of Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product to help protect from environmental effects 252 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Cleaning WAXING e Wash the vehicle first e Do not use waxes that contain abrasives use Motorcraft Premium Liquid
300. the AWD system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive Note Your AWD vehicle is not intended for off road use The AWD feature gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level obstruction free and otherwise similar to normal on road driving conditions Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your warranty Driving on slippery surfaces with AWD vehicles AWD vehicles are specially equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the highway When driving at slow speeds off highway under high outside temperatures use L Low gear when possible L Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Basic operating principles e Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle e Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice 215 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement e If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement slow down bu
301. the card is found in the Customer Information Guide in the glove compartment U S Ford Mercury and Lincoln vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford Mercury and Lincoln vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Canadian customers who need to obtain reimbursement information call 1 800 665 2006 HAZARD FLASHER CONTROL A The hazard flasher is located on the instrument panel by the radio The hazard flashers will operate when A the ignition is in any position or if the key is not in the ignition Push in the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash Press the flasher control again to turn them off Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists Note With extended use the flasher may run down your battery 222 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies FUEL PUMP SHUT OFF SWITCH This device stops the electric fuel pump from sending fuel to the engine when your vehicle has had a substantial jolt After an accident if the engine cranks but does not start t
302. the glass panel is closed press and release the front portion of the control e To close the moon roof from the vent position press and hold the rear portion of the control until the glass panel stops moving The moon roof has a sliding shade that can be opened or closed when the glass panel is shut To close the shade pull it toward the front of the vehicle Accessory delay With accessory delay the window switches audio system and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off or until any door is opened MESSAGE CENTER IF EQUIPPED With the ignition in the on position the message center located on your XXXXXXXXXXXXXX instrument cluster displays UMXXXXXXXXXXKK important vehicle information ANN AN through a constant monitor of vehicle systems You may select display features on the message center for a display of status preceded by a brief indicator chime The system will also notify you of potential vehicle problems with a display of system warnings followed by a long indicator chime ANNNNNNNAN 81 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls Selectable features Reset Press this control to select and reset functions shown in the INFO menu and SETUP menu INFO SETUP Info menu This control displays the following control displays e Odometer SETUP RESET e Trip Odometer A or B Distance to Empty Average Fuel Eco
303. the system Refer to the Airbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required Any difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light same light as used for front airbag system will either flash or stay lit e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned to the on position e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the SRS serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision 146 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Side curtain airbag system 4 WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment oy on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying side air curtain Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision A WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the side air curtain cover A WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the seat WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the side air curtain system its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headline
304. time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 6 To enable disable the autounlock feature press the lock control then press the unlock control The horn will chirp once if autounlock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autounlock was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the off position The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Keyless entry keypad procedure 1 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position 2 Close all the doors e3 Ge G8 Ce b 3 Enter factory set 5 digit entry code 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press and release the 7 e 8 While still holding the 3 e 4 press and release the 7 8a second time 5 Release the 3 e 4 The user should receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled CHILDPROOF DOOR LOCKS e When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside e The rear doors can be opened from the outside when the doors are unlocked The childproof locks are located on rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door Setting the lock for one door will not automatically set the lock for both doors e Insert the key and turn to the lock position key at an angle to engage the childproof locks e Insert the key and turn to the unlock position ke
305. ting and Safety Restraints 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted o 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked repeat Steps 5 and 6 156 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra x weight e g by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the additional weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve
306. ting properly in the front passenger seat e When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the indicator lamp will be unlit and stay unlit 140 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the full upright position e Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended e Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag If the indicator lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat Pass Airbag Off Disabled Small child in child Lit Disabled safety seat or booster Small child with safety Lit Disabled unbuckled WARNING Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it s very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright
307. to avoid inhaling excess fumes WARNING The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container Refueling WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island e Turn off your engine when you are refueling e Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle e Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel e Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places e Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel 280 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Fuel filler cap Your fuel tank filler cap has an indexed design with a 1 4 turn on off feature When fueling your vehicle 1 Turn the engine off 2 Carefully turn the filler cap counter
308. toring the temporary spare tire replace the cover plate and use the short bolt 5 Secure the bolt using the lug wrench 6 Insert the lug wrench and bolt in the tool bag and place over the jack 7 Replace the carpeted load floor panel WHEEL LUG NUT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 500 miles 800 km after any wheel disturbance tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal etc M12 x 1 5 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners 235 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Ensure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Note Inspect the wheel pilot hole prior to installation If there is visible corrosion in wheel pilot hole remove loose particles by wiping with clean rag and apply grease Apply grease only to the wheel pilot hole surface by smearing a d
309. trol There are two ways to turn off the speed control e Press the OFF control e Turn off the ignition Note When you turn off the speed control or the ignition your speed control set speed memory is erased STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS IF EQUIPPED Radio control features Press MEDIA to select e AM FM1 FM2 or CD e SATI SAT2 or SATS Satellite Radio mode if equipped e LINE IN Auxiliary input jack Cif equipped In Radio mode Press dd Pe to access the next previous preset station In CD mode e Press dd Pel to listen to the next track on the disc In Satellite radio mode if equipped e Press KE B to advance through preset channels 78 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driver Controls In any mode e Press VOL or VOL to adjust the volume Navigation system hands free control features if equipped Press and hold M control briefly until the voice t icon appears on the navigation display to use the voice command feature Press mg to complete a voice command For further information on the navigation system refer to the Navigation System supplement SYNC system hands free control feature if equipped Press s briefly to use the voice command feature You will hear a tone and LISTENING will appear in the radio display Press and hold h to exit voice command Press to activate phone mode or answer a phone call Press and hold to
310. trunk enter the factory set code or your personal code then press the 5 e 6 control within five seconds To lock all doors press the 7 e 8 and the 9 e 0 at the same time with the driver s door closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first SECURILOCK PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM SecuriLock passive anti theft system is an engine immobilization system This system is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT programmed to your vehicle is used The use of the wrong type of coded key may lead to a no start condition Your vehicle comes with two coded Integrated Keyhead Transmitters additional coded IKTs may be purchased from your authorized dealer Standard SecuriLock keys without remote entry transmitter functionality can also be purchased from your authorized dealer if desired The authorized dealer can program your spare IKTs to your vehicle or you can program the IKTs yourself Refer to Programming spare keys for instructions on how to program the coded key Note The SecuriLock passive anti theft system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection 106 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security Note Large metallic objects electronic devices that are used to purchase gasoline or similar items or a secon
311. tter portion of your IKT e Unlock using the keyless entry keypad if equipped e Opening any door from the interior of the vehicle or 93 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security e Turning the key in the ignition to the on position Note This feature is configured off by default This feature can be turned on or off using the following procedure Before starting ensure the ignition is in the off position and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated wait a minimum of 30 seconds before beginning again 1 Place the key in the ignition and turn the ignition to the on position 2 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 3 Turn the ignition from the on position to the off position 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the on position The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 6 Press the power door lock control on the door panel two times within five seconds The horn will chirp one time to confirm the feature is off the horn will chirp one time and honk one time to confirm the feature is on 7 Turn the ignition from the on position to the off position The horn will chirp one time to confirm the programming mode has been exited Repeat the procedure to t
312. tting the clock AM FM CD ou eccceecccccceeeeeeeeeees 23 AM FM In dash 6 CD 000 31 Side air curtain ou eee 147 Spark plugs specifications siisii 297 302 Specification chart WODTIGATWES seis sides sausitsccaxesved oaxeades 299 Speed control cceceeeeeeeeeee 75 Starting your vehicle t ccisadtinieiigelsaaes 193 194 196 jump starting 0 ee 236 Steering speed sensitive ccc cece 206 311 Index Steering wheel CONITONS sisvevesitereicaitiwdiiglense 78 UINE ss sees cca censdivesoceatiervevervecceest 69 DY NG ere ea eran E aE E EA 44 T Tilt steering wheel snaossicerss 69 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Tires Wheels and Loading 181 ST gs tverreene eee eee ee oe one 166 167 230 AISNIMENL Ji cvescsessaerievavavesetesde 174 COLE ss ccseevstieukansedmivicataet dives 170 CHANGING erreietan 230 checking the pressure 170 TIME AGIAS keere s 168 IE oye eee perro een eee eee ee 180 TOPIAGCING sisirin 172 TOLLANE seesinane teonnees 174 safety practices cccceeee 173 sidewall information 175 snow tires and chains 186 SPATE UTE 5 tecssedeieesesndtvsdescexetes 230 Terminology c cece 167 IPE SV AGES eccaevevstecaarcrpaneeianies 167 treadwear cccceeeee 166 171 TOWNE nerra veri T91 recreational towing 00 191 trailer towing oseese 191 wrecker oo ceceecsccceesseseeseseeseesenes 242 Traction control
313. two types of belt positioning booster seats backless and high back Always use booster seats in conjunction with the vehicle lap shoulder belt e Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice 163 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The drawings below compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings below also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat
314. u could lose control The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle Your vehicle has anti lock brakes therefore apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brakes Driving on snow and ice Note Excessive tire slippage can cause transmission damage AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop Avoid sudden braking as well Although an AWD vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it won t stop any faster because as in other vehicles braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions 219 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations apply the brake steadily Since your vehicle is equipped with a four wheel anti lock brake system ABS do not pump the brakes Refer to the Brakes section of this chapter for additional information on the operation of the anti lock brake system Maintenanc
315. u have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other burning cigarettes material away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the engine off Automatic transmission Set the parking brake and shift to P Park Turn off the engine and remove the key Block the wheels Manual transmission Set the parking brake depress the clutch and place the gearshift in 1 First 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key 3 Block the wheels ree vD o Working with the engine on e Automatic transmission 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Block the wheels e Manual transmission 1 Set the parking brake depress the clutch and place the gearshift in N Neutral 2 Block the wheels 260 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running OPENING THE HOOD mp 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the bottom of the instrument panel near the steering column 2 Go to the front of the vehicle and release the auxiliary latch that is located under the front center of 4 the hood 3 Lift the hood and support it with the prop rod 261 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYING COMP
316. u start your vehicle to make sure the bulbs work If any light remains on after starting the vehicle refer to the respective system warning light for additional information Service engine soon The Service engine soon indicator light C illuminates when the ignition is first turned to the on position to check 10 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Instrument Cluster the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Normally the Service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the Service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See the Readiness for Inspection Maintenance Q M testing in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Solid illumination after the engine is started indicates the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II has detected a malfunction Refer to On board diagnostics OBD II in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter the fuel system interior floor cover
317. uel delivery system parts Jump starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables 239 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies Removing the jumper cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface Note In the illustrations lightning bolts are used to designate the assisting boosting battery 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative connection of the booster vehicle s battery 240 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 241 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies WRECKER TOWING If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your
318. umber of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18 000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 246 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined on the first page of the Customer Assistance section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for
319. urn the feature on or off Autolock feature The autolock feature will lock all the doors when all the doors are closed the ignition is in the on position you shift into any gear putting the vehicle in motion and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h The autolock feature repeats when e any door is opened then closed while the ignition is in the on position and the vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower and e the vehicle then attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h Note The autolock feature is not available on vehicles equipped with a manual transmission 94 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security Deactivating activating autolock feature Your vehicle comes with the autolock features activated there are three methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authorized dealer e by using a power door unlock lock sequence or e by using the keyless entry pad if equipped Note The autolock feature can be activated deactivated independently of the autounlock feature Before starting ensure the ignition is in the off position and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated wait a minimum of 30 seconds before beginning again 1 Place the key in the ignition and turn the ignition to the on position 2 Press the power
320. urn the ignition to the 3 on 2 position 2 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 3 Turn the ignition from the 3 on position to the 1 off position 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the 3 on position The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 6 Press the power door unlock control twice within five seconds Note The horn will chirp once to indicate the perimeter lighting feature has been deactivated The horn will chirp once and honk once one short and one long to indicate the perimeter lighting feature has been activated 7 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position to exit the procedure Note The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Illuminated exit e When all vehicle doors are closed and the key is removed from the ignition the interior dome lamps and the exterior mirror puddle lamps if equipped will illuminate The lights will turn off if all the doors remain closed and e 25 seconds elapse or e the key is inserted in the ignition Battery saver The battery saver will shut off the interior lamps 30 minutes after the ignition has been turned to the 1 off position e If the dome lamps were turned on using the panel dimmer control the battery saver will shut them off 30 minutes after the ignition has been turned to the 1 off positi
321. utes air through the floor and rear seat floor ducts 7 lt p Distributes air through the instrument panel and center console registers if equipped and the front and rear seat floor ducts 8 X Distributes air through the instrument panel and center console registers if equipped 9 SI Driver heated seat control Press to heat the driver seat Press once to activate high heat two indicator lights Press again to activate low heat one indicator light Press again to deactivate the driver heated seat 10 Manual override controls Allows you to manually select where airflow is directed To return to full automatic control press AUTO 11 Recirculation control Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in cabin Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculation can be engaged manually in any other airflow selection except U7 defrost Recirculation may turn off automatically in all airflow selections except MAX A C 12 A C control Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in AUTO HY defrost and GA floor defrost 13 OFF Outside air is shut out and the fan will not operate 14 Temperature control Press to increase decrease the temperature in the vehicle cabin 15 AUTO To enga
322. vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire wheel The usage of a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability 231 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Roadside Emergencies e Wet weather driving capability e All Wheel driving capability Gf applicable e Load leveling adjustment if applicable When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel additional caution should be given to e Towing a trailer e Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body e Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel and seek service as soon as possible Stopping and securing the vehicle 1 Park on a level surface set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers 2 Place the gearshift lever in P Park automatic transmission or R Reverse manual transmission and turn the engine off Removing the spare tire and jack 1 Remove the carpeted load floor g panel located in the rear of the vehicle and remove the lug wrench S and long bolt from the tool bag 2 Remove the bolt securing the spare tire using the lug wrench Sw then lift and remove the spare tire from the trunk I 3 Remove the jack retention bolt by 7 turning it counterclockwise and remove the jack
323. vides extended shift scheduling allowing both upshifts and downshifts at a higher overall RPM to provide optimum engine braking e Is not intended for use under extended or normal driving conditions and results in lower fuel economy Understanding the gearshift positions of the 6 speed automatic transmission tit equipped P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning 209 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Driving To put your vehicle in gear e Depress the brake pedal e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six L Low This position e Provides increased engine braking during downhill mountain driving e Provides extended shift sch
324. wever heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used 171 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire replacement requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability WAR
325. wners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems Premium Audiophile AM FM in dash six CD MP3 satellite compatible sound system if equipped CaS DEAA v va om MENU 14 VOL PUSH TEXT O SEEK Seay SEEK gt 3H pau AbcnER FOLDER ee g OK WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Accessory delay Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay With this feature the window controls radio and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition is turned off or until either front door is opened I A V Tune Disc selector In radio mode press to manually go up A or down Vv the radio frequency Press and hold for a fast advance through radio frequencies In menu mode use to select various settings In CD MP3 mode press to select the desired disc 29 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Entertainment Systems In satellite radio mode if equipped press A v to tune to the next previous channel In CATEGORY MODE press A v to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categ
326. y horizontal to disengage the childproof locks 97 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security INTERIOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RELEASE Your vehicle is equipped with a mechanical interior luggage compartment release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the luggage compartment Adults are advised to familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle To open the luggage compartment door lid from within the luggage compartment pull the illuminated T shaped handle and push up on the trunk lid The handle is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light The T shaped handle will be located either on the luggage compartment door lid or inside the luggage compartment near the tail lamps WARNING Keep vehicle doors and luggage compartment locked and keep keys and remote transmitters out of a child s reach Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury Children should be taught not to play in vehicles 98 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Locks and Security WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or animals unattended in the vehicle On hot days the temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior can rise very quickly Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures f
327. years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 lb 45 kg bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 Ib 99 kg the calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1400 440 1200 240 lb No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 lb 45 kg cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1400 440 900 60 Ib Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9 x 45 kg 635 198 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label found on the edge of the driver s door TRAILER TOWING WARNING Never tow a trailer with this vehicle Your vehicle is not equipped to tow No towing packages are available through an authorized dealer RECREATIONAL TOWING Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational RV towing An example of recreatio
328. your vehicle ensure ALL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters are brought to the authorized dealer to aid in troubleshooting Arming the system When armed this system will respond if unauthorized entry is attempted When unauthorized entry occurs the system will flash the turn signal lamps and will sound the horn The system is ready to arm whenever the key is in the 1 off position or is removed from the ignition Either of the following actions will prearm the alarm system e Press the a control on the remote entry transmitter portion of your Integrated Keyhead Transmitter When you press the lock control twice within three seconds on the remote entry transmitter portion of your IKT the horn will chirp once to let you know that all doors the hood and the trunk are closed If any of these are not closed the horn will chirp twice to warn you that a door the hood or the trunk is still open e Press the driver or passenger interior door lock control while D the door is open then close the door e Press the 7 e 8 and the 9 e 0 controls on the keyless entry ial keypad if equipped at the same time to lock the doors driver s door must be closed There is a 20 second countdown when any of the above actions occur before the vehicle becomes armed Each door the hood or the trunk is armed individually and if any are open they must be closed for the system to enter the 20 second countdown The turn signa
329. zed dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive FWD vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire rotation Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the scheduled maintenance information that comes with your vehicle will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life 174 2009 Fusion fsn Owners Guide USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Front Wheel Drive FWD All Wheel Drive AWD vehicles front tires at top of diagram SMSS SAAR SAS SVAN A XA AN A Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires Note If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire wheel A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel it is intended for temporary use only and should not

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Les formations de Septembre à Décembre 2015  Samsung SM-G531M manual do usuário  Evo 取扱マニュアル  - Icom America  VP6200CSF 取扱説明書  Engineering Guide - Price Industries  BMX150-20mm（動作チェック用）取扱説明書  Descargar    03 Forecast External V35  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file